US20170315137A1 - Amyloid binding agents - Google Patents
Amyloid binding agents Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170315137A1 US20170315137A1 US15/375,006 US201615375006A US2017315137A1 US 20170315137 A1 US20170315137 A1 US 20170315137A1 US 201615375006 A US201615375006 A US 201615375006A US 2017315137 A1 US2017315137 A1 US 2017315137A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- unsubstituted
- substituted
- heterocycloalkyl
- alkyl
- heteroaryl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 title description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 198
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 106
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 105
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 101
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 97
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 92
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 84
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 73
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 41
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 40
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 37
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 37
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 37
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 25
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000019197 Superoxide Dismutase Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010012715 Superoxide dismutase Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- FBKFDSUZBVDZIX-FFGDOFBPSA-N (4s)-4-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-acetamido-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-2-methylpropanoyl]amino]-3-[4-(phosphonomethyl)phenyl]propanoyl]amino]-3-(6-chloro-1h-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-[[1-[[(2s)-1-amino-4-meth Chemical group C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(CP(O)(O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC1(CC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(N)=O)NC(C)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FBKFDSUZBVDZIX-FFGDOFBPSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 102000003802 alpha-Synuclein Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 108090000185 alpha-Synuclein Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 114
- -1 (cyclohexyl)methyl Chemical group 0.000 description 63
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 54
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 44
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 43
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 31
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 30
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 30
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 26
- 108010064539 amyloid beta-protein (1-42) Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 22
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 22
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 20
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000000695 excitation spectrum Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 13
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 0 C.CCCOCCOCCOC.COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)CC#N.[4*]N([5*])C1=CC([16*])=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(C)=O)C=C1.[4*]N([5*])C1=CC([16*])=C(C([H])=O)C=C1 Chemical compound C.CCCOCCOCCOC.COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)CC#N.[4*]N([5*])C1=CC([16*])=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(C)=O)C=C1.[4*]N([5*])C1=CC([16*])=C(C([H])=O)C=C1 0.000 description 11
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 10
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 10
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 8
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 8
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N [(1s,3r,4ar,7s,8s,8as)-3-hydroxy-8-[2-[(4r)-4-hydroxy-6-oxooxan-2-yl]ethyl]-7-methyl-1,2,3,4,4a,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalen-1-yl] (2s)-2-methylbutanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=C[C@H]2C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)[C@@H](C)CC)CC1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940127204 compound 29 Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000006588 heterocycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- MLIREBYILWEBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanoacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC#N MLIREBYILWEBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- KDRHTWDMEUJLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl 2-cyanoacetate Chemical compound CC1(C)OCC(COC(=O)CC#N)O1 KDRHTWDMEUJLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JXSVIVRDWWRQRT-SVOQGVCWSA-N 2alpha,3alpha,23-trihydroxyurs-12-en-28-oic acid Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(CO)[C@@H]2CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@@]5(C(O)=O)CC[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]5C4=CC[C@@H]3[C@]21C JXSVIVRDWWRQRT-SVOQGVCWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZLCRNYUTFHRRJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-piperidin-1-ylnaphthalene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(C=O)=CC=C2C=C1N1CCCCC1 ZLCRNYUTFHRRJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CN1CCCCC1 PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 4
- DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;trioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.OP(O)(O)=O DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- KQZLRWGGWXJPOS-NLFPWZOASA-N 1-[(1R)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-6-[(4S,5R)-4-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-methylcyclohexen-1-yl]pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClC1=C(C=CC(=C1)Cl)[C@@H](C)N1N=C(C=2C1=NC(=CN=2)C1=CC[C@@H]([C@@H](C1)C)N1[C@@H](CCC1)CO)C#N KQZLRWGGWXJPOS-NLFPWZOASA-N 0.000 description 3
- LOLUCODUNMZFPF-YBFXNURJSA-N 2,3-dihydroxypropyl (e)-2-cyano-3-(6-piperidin-1-ylnaphthalen-2-yl)prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(/C=C(C(=O)OCC(O)CO)\C#N)=CC=C2C=C1N1CCCCC1 LOLUCODUNMZFPF-YBFXNURJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YGZGYUNXDQAMMK-KPKJPENVSA-N 2,3-dihydroxypropyl (e)-2-cyano-3-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(\C=C(/C#N)C(=O)OCC(O)CO)C=C1 YGZGYUNXDQAMMK-KPKJPENVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NRZNTGUFHSJBTD-HKOYGPOVSA-N 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (e)-2-cyano-3-(6-piperidin-1-ylnaphthalen-2-yl)prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(/C=C(C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC)\C#N)=CC=C2C=C1N1CCCCC1 NRZNTGUFHSJBTD-HKOYGPOVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WJKPIOFVRXMOBG-GHRIWEEISA-N 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (e)-2-cyano-3-[4-(dimethylamino)-2-methoxyphenyl]prop-2-enoate Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)C(\C#N)=C\C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1OC WJKPIOFVRXMOBG-GHRIWEEISA-N 0.000 description 3
- LJSIRMRCBDRATD-SAPNQHFASA-N 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (e)-2-cyano-3-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]prop-2-enoate Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)C(\C#N)=C\C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 LJSIRMRCBDRATD-SAPNQHFASA-N 0.000 description 3
- IUAUVFRBBSUDRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl 2-cyanoacetate Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)CC#N IUAUVFRBBSUDRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SWDTWTQGWDZBAF-LHLOQNFPSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl (e)-2-cyano-3-(6-piperidin-1-ylnaphthalen-2-yl)prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(/C=C(C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOC)\C#N)=CC=C2C=C1N1CCCCC1 SWDTWTQGWDZBAF-LHLOQNFPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSPYARIASOKTRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]ethenyl]benzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 XSPYARIASOKTRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DLLDUYJRQNTEOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-bromonaphthalene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=C(C=O)C=CC2=CC(Br)=CC=C21 DLLDUYJRQNTEOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010090849 Amyloid beta-Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000013455 Amyloid beta-Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YIMPLSXZBZXYAV-MKWAYWHRSA-N CC.[C-]#[N+]/C(=C\C)C(=O)OC Chemical compound CC.[C-]#[N+]/C(=C\C)C(=O)OC YIMPLSXZBZXYAV-MKWAYWHRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000006000 Knoevenagel condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940125877 compound 31 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001916 cyano esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- DLEDOFVPSDKWEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium butane Chemical compound [Li+].CCC[CH2-] DLEDOFVPSDKWEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioflavine T Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=[N+](C)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2S1 JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl phosphite Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)OCC BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N (1R,9R,10S,11R,12R,15S,18S,21R)-10,11,21-trihydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-14-methylidene-4-(prop-2-enylamino)-20-oxa-5-thia-3-azahexacyclo[9.7.2.112,15.01,9.02,6.012,18]henicosa-2(6),3-dien-13-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@]23C(C1=C)=O)C[C@H]2[C@]12C(N=C(NCC=C)S4)=C4CC(C)(C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@]3(O)OC2 UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N (1S,2S,4R,8S,9S,11S,12R,13S,19S)-6-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-12,19-difluoro-11-hydroxy-8-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-9,13-dimethyl-6-azapentacyclo[10.8.0.02,9.04,8.013,18]icosa-14,17-dien-16-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4[C@@H](F)C3)C)(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@@]2([C@@]1(C1)C(=O)CO)C)N1CC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N (1s,2s,3s,5r)-1-(carboxymethyl)-3,5-bis[(4-phenoxyphenyl)methyl-propylcarbamoyl]cyclopentane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@](CC(O)=O)([C@H](C(=O)N(CCC)CC=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)C1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)N(CCC)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ANXAHZYRFUORQK-FYJGNVAPSA-N (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl (e)-2-cyano-3-(6-piperidin-1-ylnaphthalen-2-yl)prop-2-enoate Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)OCC1COC(=O)C(\C#N)=C\C1=CC=C(C=C(C=C2)N3CCCCC3)C2=C1 ANXAHZYRFUORQK-FYJGNVAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KVSVEEBXAIIKAF-NTEUORMPSA-N (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl (e)-2-cyano-3-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\C=C(/C#N)C(=O)OCC1OC(C)(C)OC1 KVSVEEBXAIIKAF-NTEUORMPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N (2S,3R)-N-[(2S)-3-(cyclopenten-1-yl)-1-[(2R)-2-methyloxiran-2-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-3-hydroxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-[[(2S)-2-[(2-morpholin-4-ylacetyl)amino]propanoyl]amino]propanamide Chemical compound C1(=CCCC1)C[C@@H](C(=O)[C@@]1(OC1)C)NC([C@H]([C@@H](C1=CC=C(C=C1)OC)O)NC([C@H](C)NC(CN1CCOCC1)=O)=O)=O GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[5-[(3aS,6aR)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-[1-bis(4-chlorophenoxy)phosphorylbutylamino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCC1SC[C@@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]12)C(C)C)P(=O)(Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1)Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1 QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 1-[(3s,4s)-4-[8-(2-chloro-4-pyrimidin-2-yloxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl]-2-hydroxyethanone Chemical compound CC1=NC2=CN=C3C=C(F)C(C=4C(=CC(OC=5N=CC=CN=5)=CC=4)Cl)=CC3=C2N1[C@H]1CCN(C(=O)CO)C[C@@H]1F WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 1-[6-[2-[3-[3-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-[2-[[(2r)-1-[[2-[[(2r)-1-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-(2-amino-2-oxoethoxy)acetyl]amino]propoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propylamino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-3-[(2r)-2,3-di(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl]sulfanyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl Chemical compound O=C1C(SCCC(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(N)=O)CC(=O)N1CCNC(=O)CCCCCN\1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2CC/1=C/C=C/C=C/C1=[N+](CC)C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C1 UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 0.000 description 2
- UOZJEKMCBLCBGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-morpholin-4-ylethanamine Chemical compound CC(N)N1CCOCC1 UOZJEKMCBLCBGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KKLQZISXKZXZMJ-ATJXCDBQSA-N 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (Z)-2-cyano-3-[4-(dibutylamino)phenyl]prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=C(\C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC)C=C1 KKLQZISXKZXZMJ-ATJXCDBQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PBSSMWBMMHIDMY-MNDPQUGUSA-N 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (z)-2-cyano-3-[4-(diethylamino)phenyl]prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(\C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC)C=C1 PBSSMWBMMHIDMY-MNDPQUGUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HPBPWVIDUAIUKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl 2-cyanoacetate Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOCCOC(CC#N)=O HPBPWVIDUAIUKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 2-amino-9-[(2R,3S,4S,5R)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-7-prop-2-ynyl-1H-purine-6,8-dione Chemical compound NC=1NC(C=2N(C(N(C=2N=1)[C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]1O)F)CO)=O)CC#C)=O TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MLIREBYILWEBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-cyanoacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC#N MLIREBYILWEBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- OJAOHXMMLZIIOY-ONEGZZNKSA-N 4-[(e)-2-(4-bromophenyl)ethenyl]-n,n-dimethylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\C=C\C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 OJAOHXMMLZIIOY-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UNOLSVSVPHXSEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(2-morpholin-4-ylethylamino)naphthalene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(C=O)=CC=C2C=C1NCCN1CCOCC1 UNOLSVSVPHXSEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KQEPSUUBLOEQOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)naphthalene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=C(C=C(C=O)C=C2)C2=C1 KQEPSUUBLOEQOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JZANTOGIHUXNCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-morpholin-4-ylnaphthalene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC(C=O)=CC=C2C=C1N1CCOCC1 JZANTOGIHUXNCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XGWFJBFNAQHLEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-anthroic acid Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=CC2=C1 XGWFJBFNAQHLEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-ONEGZZNKSA-N C/C=C/C Chemical compound C/C=C/C IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XREGRIZTKCXZLP-QWJPVIGHSA-N C1=CC(C(=C(\C#N)C(O)=O)/CCOCCOCCOC)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=C(\C#N)C(O)=O)/CCOCCOCCOC)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 XREGRIZTKCXZLP-QWJPVIGHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FPTYOCAQBCMVCW-LSCBNNALSA-N CC(CO)COC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2.CCCCCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2 Chemical compound CC(CO)COC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2.CCCCCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2 FPTYOCAQBCMVCW-LSCBNNALSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LHSITZWLMVFSPO-KXLPLGOMSA-N CC(CO)COC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1.CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCC)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=C(OC)C=C(N(C)C)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(NCCN1CCOCC1)C=C2.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(CO)COC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1.CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCC)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=C(OC)C=C(N(C)C)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(NCCN1CCOCC1)C=C2.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1.CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C1 LHSITZWLMVFSPO-KXLPLGOMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RMIAOZWKVFBTRF-HKOYGPOVSA-N CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2 Chemical compound CCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2 RMIAOZWKVFBTRF-HKOYGPOVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150065984 Comp gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940126657 Compound 17 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126639 Compound 33 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PNUZDKCDAWUEGK-CYZMBNFOSA-N Sitafloxacin Chemical compound C([C@H]1N)N(C=2C(=C3C(C(C(C(O)=O)=CN3[C@H]3[C@H](C3)F)=O)=CC=2F)Cl)CC11CC1 PNUZDKCDAWUEGK-CYZMBNFOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N Stilbene Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000018756 Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000005881 bovine spongiform encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125797 compound 12 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125851 compound 27 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L congo red Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=CC2=C(N)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3)C3=CC=C(C=C3)/N=N/C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C(=C3)S([O-])(=O)=O)N)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C21 IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002189 fluorescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JEUBRLPXJZOGPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 6-bromonaphthalene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C=CC2=CC(C(=O)OC)=CC=C21 JEUBRLPXJZOGPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZRSNZINYAWTAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 ZRSNZINYAWTAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- LEHBURLTIWGHEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium chlorochromate Chemical compound [O-][Cr](Cl)(=O)=O.C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 LEHBURLTIWGHEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N renifolin D Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1Cc2c(O)c(O)ccc2[C@H]1CC(=O)c3ccc(O)cc3O BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021286 stilbenes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPJGEESDHAUUQR-SKGSPYGFSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-3-naphthalen-2-yl-2-(3-pyridin-3-ylpropanoylamino)propanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]buta Chemical compound NC(=O)C[C@@H](C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)NC(=O)CCC=1C=NC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 HPJGEESDHAUUQR-SKGSPYGFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJIOTBMDLVHTBO-CUYJMHBOSA-N (2s)-2-amino-n-[(1r,2r)-1-cyano-2-[4-[4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)sulfonylphenyl]phenyl]cyclopropyl]butanamide Chemical compound CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@]1(C#N)C[C@@H]1C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)N2CCN(C)CC2)C=C1 LJIOTBMDLVHTBO-CUYJMHBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N (3S,8S,10R,13S,14S,17S)-17-isoquinolin-7-yl-N,N,10,13-tetramethyl-2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-amine Chemical compound CN(C)[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)C3CC[C@@]4(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@H]4c4ccc5ccncc5c4)[C@@H]3CC=C2C1 IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRJJJAKBRKABFA-TYFAACHXSA-N (4r,6s)-6-[(e)-2-[6-chloro-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-propan-2-ylquinolin-3-yl]ethenyl]-4-hydroxyoxan-2-one Chemical compound C(\[C@H]1OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C1)=C/C=1C(C(C)C)=NC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 FRJJJAKBRKABFA-TYFAACHXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MAARRMBCEFVKNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6-bromonaphthalen-2-yl)methanol Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C=CC2=CC(CO)=CC=C21 MAARRMBCEFVKNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004769 (C1-C4) alkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006570 (C5-C6) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PDKPRWFMRVBCOB-JLHYYAGUSA-N (e)-3-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-1-phenylprop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\C=C\C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PDKPRWFMRVBCOB-JLHYYAGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-ol Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(O)C(F)(F)F BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 1-[2-[(2s,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]oxy-4,6-dihydroxyphenyl]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propan-1-one Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZUYLZMQTIKGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[6-[4-(5-chloro-6-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-3-(1-methylindazol-5-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl]prop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound ClC=1C(=C2C=NNC2=CC=1C)C=1C(=NN(C=1C)C1CC2(CN(C2)C(C=C)=O)C1)C=1C=C2C=NN(C2=CC=1)C AZUYLZMQTIKGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLRBJYMANQKEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-4-(bromomethyl)benzene Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 YLRBJYMANQKEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005955 1H-indazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- IAVCEBMLYVGBLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[1-[6-[2-fluoroethyl(methyl)amino]naphthalen-2-yl]ethylidene]propanedinitrile Chemical compound C1=C(C(C)=C(C#N)C#N)C=CC2=CC(N(CCF)C)=CC=C21 IAVCEBMLYVGBLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPRYCHLHHVWLQZ-TURQNECASA-N 2-amino-9-[(2R,3S,4S,5R)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-7-prop-2-ynylpurin-8-one Chemical compound NC1=NC=C2N(C(N(C2=N1)[C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]1O)F)CO)=O)CC#C NPRYCHLHHVWLQZ-TURQNECASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- YIQGLTKAOHRZOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxynaphthalene-1-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(C=O)C(OC)=CC=C21 YIQGLTKAOHRZOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].S1C(C)=C(C)N=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BGNGWHSBYQYVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(dimethylamino)benzaldehyde Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 BGNGWHSBYQYVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Nitrophenyl Phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZBLASFLFFMMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methoxynaphthalene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=C(C=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 VZBLASFLFFMMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 108010048112 Amyloidogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009091 Amyloidogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWCSUVJBBLOHQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=C2/C=C\C=C/C2=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)C.CC(C)C.CC(C)C.CC(C)C Chemical compound C1=CC=C2/C=C\C=C/C2=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)C.CC(C)C.CC(C)C.CC(C)C HWCSUVJBBLOHQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWOJMRHUQHTCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC([CH2-])=O Chemical group CC([CH2-])=O QWOJMRHUQHTCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZYJYTAQMWVVBT-DZCHFQTHSA-N CC1(C)OCC(COC(=O)CC#N)O1.CN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCC(O)CO)C=C1.CN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCC2COC(C)(C)O2)C=C1.[H]C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1(C)OCC(COC(=O)CC#N)O1.CN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCC(O)CO)C=C1.CN(C)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCC2COC(C)(C)O2)C=C1.[H]C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 JZYJYTAQMWVVBT-DZCHFQTHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMERDWJSLPPMRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1COC(C)(C)O1 Chemical compound CCC1COC(C)(C)O1 LMERDWJSLPPMRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKLQZISXKZXZMJ-BSYVCWPDSA-N CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC)C=C1 Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC)C=C1 KKLQZISXKZXZMJ-BSYVCWPDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMRKVKPRHROQRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCN1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CCCCN1CCOCC1 LMRKVKPRHROQRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZUUUANVKSTPIL-LHLOQNFPSA-N CCCOCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2 Chemical compound CCCOCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCCCC1)C=C2 BZUUUANVKSTPIL-LHLOQNFPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBSSMWBMMHIDMY-KNTRCKAVSA-N CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC)C=C1 Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(/C=C(\C#N)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC)C=C1 PBSSMWBMMHIDMY-KNTRCKAVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RXYPXQSKLGGKOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CCN(C)CC1 Chemical compound CN1CCN(C)CC1 RXYPXQSKLGGKOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMCGTMUWVWWXNJ-HKOYGPOVSA-N COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCN(C)CC1)C=C2 Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCN(C)CC1)C=C2 VMCGTMUWVWWXNJ-HKOYGPOVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITGOWSQAJDDDIZ-BYNJWEBRSA-N COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCN(NCCN3CCOCC3)CC1)C=C2 Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCN(NCCN3CCOCC3)CC1)C=C2 ITGOWSQAJDDDIZ-BYNJWEBRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGTAZLSEZRTJEO-HAVVHWLPSA-N COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCOCC1)C=C2 Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(N1CCOCC1)C=C2 AGTAZLSEZRTJEO-HAVVHWLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URVISGZYYZECSR-BIZOEYPGSA-N COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC(=O)/C(C#N)=C/C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C2)C=C1 URVISGZYYZECSR-BIZOEYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229920001651 Cyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006145 Eagle's minimal essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007756 Ham's F12 Nutrient Mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006546 Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002685 Polyoxyl 35CastorOil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910007161 Si(CH3)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010044688 Trisomy 21 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNUFLCYMSVYYNW-ZPJMAFJPSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[[(3s,5s,8r,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-10,13-dimethyl-17-[(2r)-6-methylheptan-2-yl]-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl]oxy]-4,5-disulfo Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@H]3[C@@H]4CC[C@@H]([C@]4(CC[C@@H]3[C@@]2(C)CC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H]1O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O LNUFLCYMSVYYNW-ZPJMAFJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005238 alkylenediamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005530 alkylenedioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005529 alkyleneoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-VMPITWQZSA-N alpha-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C(\C#N)=C\C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-VMPITWQZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001557 animal structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021311 artificial sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005165 aryl thioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000559 atomic spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000319 biphenyl-4-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002737 cell proliferation kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chelidonic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC(=O)C=C(C(O)=O)O1 PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011097 chromatography purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126543 compound 14 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126142 compound 16 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011903 deuterated solvents Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002284 excitation--emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002795 fluorescence method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002073 fluorescence micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000022244 formylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940071826 hydroxyethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940071676 hydroxypropylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011503 in vivo imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-YPZZEJLDSA-N iodine-125 Chemical compound [125I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-YPZZEJLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940044173 iodine-125 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004558 lewy body Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006138 lithiation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000014380 magnesium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002690 malonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Chemical group [CH2]OC1=CC=CC=C1 HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGXZIBSLBRKDTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 9-(4-chloroanilino)-[1,3]thiazolo[5,4-f]quinazoline-2-carboximidate Chemical compound C12=C3SC(C(=N)OC)=NC3=CC=C2N=CN=C1NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 BGXZIBSLBRKDTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004572 morpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(COCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N n'-amino-n-iminomethanimidamide Chemical compound N\N=C\N=N VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004002 naphthaldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000021096 natural sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000016273 neuron death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100001083 no cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000006772 olefination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006201 parenteral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001993 poloxamer 188 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001818 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010989 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068977 polysorbate 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113124 polysorbate 60 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920006316 polyvinylpyrrolidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L potassium sodium L-tartrate Chemical class [Na+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- RNVYQYLELCKWAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N solketal Chemical compound CC1(C)OCC(CO)O1 RNVYQYLELCKWAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002943 spectrophotometric absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004192 tetrahydrofuran-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005958 tetrahydrothienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006208 topical dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000440 toxicity profile Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BWHDROKFUHTORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tritert-butylphosphane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)P(C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C BWHDROKFUHTORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003828 vacuum filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011345 viscous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D317/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D317/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
- C07D317/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings
- C07D317/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D317/18—Radicals substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D317/24—Radicals substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms esterified
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
- A61P21/02—Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
- C07C255/01—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C255/32—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C255/42—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
- C07C255/01—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C255/32—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C255/42—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms
- C07C255/43—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/125—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
- C07D295/13—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D295/155—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with hetero atoms directly attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/28—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/30—Nitrogen atoms non-acylated
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6486—Measuring fluorescence of biological material, e.g. DNA, RNA, cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
- G01N33/6896—Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
- G01N2333/46—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- G01N2333/47—Assays involving proteins of known structure or function as defined in the subgroups
- G01N2333/4701—Details
- G01N2333/4703—Regulators; Modulating activity
Definitions
- AD Alzheimer's disease
- a ⁇ amyloid
- the deposits are composed primarily of amyloid (A ⁇ ) peptides, typically a 39-43 amino acid sequence that self aggregates into a fibrillar ⁇ -pleated sheet motif. While the exact three-dimensional structure of the aggregated A ⁇ peptides is not known, a model structure that sustains the property of aggregation has been proposed. This creates opportunities for in vivo imaging of amyloid deposits that not only can help evaluate the time course and evolution of the disease but can also allow the timely monitoring of therapeutic treatments.
- amyloid peptides and/or amyloids e.g., amyloid peptide aggregates
- the compounds described herein have the structure of Formula (I):
- EDG is an electron donating group.
- TECE is a pi-conjugation element.
- WSG is a water soluble group.
- a pharmaceutical composition in another aspect, includes a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- a method of detecting an amyloid peptide and/or an amyloid includes contacting a compound as described herein with an amyloid peptide thereby forming a detectable amyloid complex, and detecting the detectable amyloid complex.
- a method of treating a disease characterized by an accumulation of amyloids e.g., amyloid deposits
- the method includes administering to a subject in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition as described herein.
- FIGS. 1A-1D depict fluorescence excitation and emission spectra of Cmpds 8d and 11 in aqueous PBS solution (solid lines) and in the presence of A ⁇ peptide (dashed lined).
- FIG. 1A fluorescence excitation spectrum of Cmpd 8d.
- FIG. 1B emission spectrum of Cmpd 8d.
- FIG. 1C fluorescence excitation spectrum of Cmpd 11.
- FIG. 1D emission spectrum of Cmpd 11.
- FIG. 2 depicts the apparent binding constant (K d ) of Cmpds 8d and 11 to preaggregated A ⁇ peptide. Legend: Cmpd 8d (diamond); Cmpd 11 (box).
- FIGS. 3A-3B depict the inhibition of IgG-A ⁇ fibril interactions with Cmpd 8d ( FIG. 3A ) and Cmpd 11 ( FIG. 3B ).
- FIGS. 4A-4J depict fluorescence excitation spectra and emission spectra for Cmpds 8a, 8b, 8c, 14 and 19 with aggregated A ⁇ (1-42) fibril, as described herein.
- FIGS. 4A and 4B show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, for Cmpd 8a.
- FIGS. 4C and 4D show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, for Cmpd 8b.
- FIGS. 4E and 4F show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, for Cmpd 8c.
- FIGS. 4G and 4H show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, for Cmpd 14.
- FIGS. 4I and 4J show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, for Cmpd 19.
- FIGS. 5A-5G depict fluorescence emission spectra of Cmpds 8a ( FIG. 5A ), 8b ( FIG. 5B ), 8c ( FIG. 5C ), 8d ( FIG. 5D ), 11 ( FIG. 5E ), 14 ( FIG. 5F ) and 19 ( FIG. 5G ) with and without monomeric A ⁇ monomer, as described herein.
- FIG. 6 depicts a double reciprocal plot of fluorescence maxima and concentration of Cmpds 8a, 8b, 8c, 14 and 19, as described herein. Legend: Cmpd 8a (diamond); Cmpd 8b (box); Cmpd 8c (triangle); Cmpd 14 (cross); Cmpd 19 (barred cross).
- FIGS. 7A-7D depict inhibition maxima and IE 50 values for compounds described herein.
- FIG. 7A Cmpd 8a;
- FIG. 7B Cmpd 8b;
- FIG. 7C Cmpd 8c;
- FIG. 7D Cmpd 14.
- FIG. 8 depicts the results of cytoxicity studies as described herein. Legend: for each concentration of compound employed in the cytoxicity assay, the % cell survival is plotted as a histogram in the order (left to right): Cmpd 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 11 and 14, respectively.
- FIGS. 9A-9F depict fluorescence excitation and emission spectra of Cmpds 27 ( FIG. 9A ), 28 ( FIG. 9B ), 29 ( FIG. 9C ), 30 ( FIG. 9D ), 31 ( FIG. 9E ) and 33 ( FIG. 9F ), respectively, in solution (solid lines) and in the presence of A ⁇ peptide (dashed lines).
- FIGS. 10A-10F show fluorescence intensity versus concentration of aggregated Ab peptides for Cmpds 27 ( FIG. 10A ), 28 ( FIG. 10B ), 29 ( FIG. 10C ), 30 ( FIG. 10D ), 31 ( FIG. 10E ) and 33 ( FIG. 10F ), respectively.
- FIGS. 11A-11F show images of plaques that were stained with FIG. 11A ) compound 27, FIG. 11B ) compound 28, FIG. 11C ) compound 29, FIG. 11D ) compound 30, FIG. 11E ) compound 31, or FIG. 11F ) compound 33, as described herein.
- substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH 2 O— is equivalent to —OCH 2 —.
- EDG electron donating group
- ⁇ -conjugation element refers to a divalent chemical moiety that forms a ⁇ -conjugated system that has alternating single and multiple bonds (e.g., double bonds) such that the electrons in the p-orbitals of the atoms in the system are delocalized.
- the single and multiple bonds in the ⁇ -conjugated element can be in a planar or substantially planar orientation.
- water soluble group refers to a chemical moiety that increases the water solubility of the compounds to which it is attached. Increasing the water solubility can be measured using existing techniques in the art, such as by determining a partition constant of the compounds with and without an attached water soluble group. In some embodiments, the partition constant can be measured by mixing a compound with water and a hydrophobic solvent, such as octanol. The more hydrophobic a compound, the higher its partition constant. The more hydrophilic a compound, the lower its partition constant. In some embodiments, the water soluble groups described herein can improve the water solubility of precursor molecules by decreasing their partition coefficient.
- the water soluble groups can decrease the partition constant of precursor molecules (which have a higher partition constant before attachment of the water soluble group) at least by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. In some embodiments, the water soluble groups described herein can decrease the partition constant of precursor molecules by 1-fold, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, or greater.
- amyloid is used herein according to its customary meaning in the art. Amyloids contain a plurality of associated amyloid peptides, such as aggregates of amyloid peptides. Thus, in some embodiments, amyloids include an amyloid peptide aggregated with one or more amyloid peptides. In some embodiments, amyloids include “amyloid plaques,” amyloid deposits,” “amyloid aggregates” or “aggregates of amyloid peptides.” The compounds described herein can associate with (e.g., bind) an amyloid peptide and/or an amyloid. In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein can associate with an amyloid by hydrophobic interactions.
- alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e. unbranched) or branched chain, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e. C 1 -C 10 means one to ten carbons).
- saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like.
- An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds.
- unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
- An alkoxy is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen linker (—O—).
- alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited, by —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, and further includes those groups described below as “heteroalkylene.”
- an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred.
- a “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si and S.
- the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
- the heteroatom(s) O, N, P and S and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
- Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 , —S(O)—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —S(O) 2 —CH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—O—CH 3 , —Si(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH ⁇ N—OCH 3 , CH ⁇ CH—N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , O—CH 3 , —O—CH 2 —CH 3 , and —CN.
- heteroalkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 — and —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 —.
- heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like).
- heteroalkyl groups include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R′′, —OR′, —SR′, and/or —SO 2 R′.
- heteroalkyl is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R′′ or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R′′ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R′′ or the like.
- cycloalkyl and “heterocycloalkyl,” by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl”, respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1 piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
- a “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- halo or “halogen,” by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl,” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
- halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl is meant to include, but not be limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- acyl means —C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- aryl means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent which can be a single ring or multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) which are fused together (i.e. a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently.
- a fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together and at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring.
- heteroaryl refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. The nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized.
- heteroaryl includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e. multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring).
- a 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom.
- Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinoly
- arylene and heteroarylene alone or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an aryl and heteroaryl, respectively.
- aryl when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above.
- arylalkyl is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like).
- alkyl group e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like
- an oxygen atom e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naph
- oxo as used herein means oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
- alkylsulfonyl as used herein means a moiety having the formula —S(O 2 )—R′, where R′ is an alkyl group as defined above. R′ may have a specified number of carbons (e.g. “C 1 -C 4 alkylsulfonyl”).
- alkyl e.g., “alkyl,” “heteroalkyl,” “aryl” and “heteroaryl” are meant to include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical.
- Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
- Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to: —OR′, ⁇ O, ⁇ NR′, ⁇ N—OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R′, —CONR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O) 2 R′, —NR—C(NR′R′′R′′′) ⁇ NR′′′′, —NR—C(NR′R′′R′′′) ⁇ NR′′′′,
- R′, R′′, R′′′ and R′′′′ each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups.
- each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R′′, R′′′ and R′′′′ groups when more than one of these groups is present.
- R′ and R′′ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
- —NR′R′′ is meant to include, but not be limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl.
- alkyl is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF 3 and —CH 2 CF 3 ) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CF 3 , —C(O)CH 2 OCH 3 , and the like).
- haloalkyl e.g., —CF 3 and —CH 2 CF 3
- acyl e.g., —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CF 3 , —C(O)CH 2 OCH 3 , and the like.
- substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: halogen, —OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R′, —CONR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O) 2 R′, —NR—C(NR′R′′R′′′) ⁇ NR′′′′, —NR—C(NR′R′′) ⁇ NR′′′, —S(O)R′, —S(O) 2 R′, —S(O) 2 NR′R′′, —NRSO 2 R′, —CN and —NO 2 , —R′, —N 3 , —
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′) q —U—, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′— or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH 2 ) r —B—, wherein A and B are independently CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —S(O) 2 NR′— or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′) s —X′—(C′′R′′′) d —, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, or S(O) 2 NR′—.
- the substituents R, R′, R′′ and R′′′ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- heteroatom or “ring heteroatom” is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
- a “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
- a “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” as used herein means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- a “lower substituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- salts are meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
- base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
- acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, methanesulfonic, and the like.
- inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic,
- salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19).
- Certain specific compounds disclosed herein contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- the compounds disclosed herein may exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids.
- salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, ( ⁇ )-tartrates or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid.
- These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- the neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
- the parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be in a prodrug form.
- Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds disclosed herein.
- prodrugs can be converted to the compounds disclosed herein by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds disclosed herein when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
- Certain compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope disclosed herein. Certain compounds disclosed herein may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated disclosed herein.
- Certain compounds disclosed herein possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers and individual isomers.
- the compounds disclosed herein do not include those which are known in the art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.
- the compounds disclosed herein may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds.
- the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or carbon-14 ( 14 C). All isotopic variations of the compounds disclosed herein, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the disclosure.
- R-substituted e.g. R 1 -substituted
- R′ the substituent is substituted with only one of the named R groups.
- treating refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission; diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the patient; slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a patient's physical or mental well-being.
- the treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters; including the results of a physical examination, neuropsychiatric exams, and/or a psychiatric evaluation.
- the certain methods presented herein successfully treat cancer by decreasing the incidence of cancer, in inhibiting its growth and or causing remission of cancer.
- an “effective amount” is an amount of a compound described herein sufficient to contribute to the treatment, prevention, or reduction of a symptom or symptoms of a disease, or to inhibit effects of an amyloid relative to the absence of the compound. Where recited in reference to a disease treatment, an “effective amount” may also be referred to as a “therapeutically effective amount.”
- a “reduction” of a symptom or symptoms (and grammatical equivalents of this phrase) means decreasing of the severity or frequency of the symptom(s), or elimination of the symptom(s).
- a “prophylactically effective amount” of a drug is an amount of a drug that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) a disease, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of a disease or its symptoms.
- the full prophylactic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses. Thus, a prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations.
- compounds that associate with an amyloid (or amyloids) and/or an amyloid peptide (or amyloid peptides) are provided.
- the compound has the structure of Formula (I),
- EDG is an electron donor group.
- TECE is a ⁇ -conjugation element.
- WSG is a water soluble group.
- EDG is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —OR 2 , —NR 4 C(O)R 3 , —CONR 4 R 5 , —NR 4 R 5 , —SR 6 , or —PR 7 R 8 .
- EDG is substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, —OR 2 , —NR 4 C(O)R 3 , —CONR 4 R 5 , —NR 4 R 5 , —SR 6 , or —PR 7 R 8 .
- EDG is R 1 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 1 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 1 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 1 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 1 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, R 1 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —OR 2 , —NR 4 C(O)R 3 , —CONR 4 R 5 , —NR 4 R 5 , —SR 6 , or —PR 7 R 8 .
- EDG is R 1 -substituted alkyl, R 1 -substituted cycloalkyl, R 1 -substituted heteroalkyl, R 1 -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 1 -substituted aryl, R 1 -substituted heteroaryl, —OR 2 , —NR 4 C(O)R 3 , —CONR 4 R 5 , —NR 4 R 5 , —SR 6 , or —PR 7 R 8 .
- R 1 is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
- halogen —CN, —OR 9 , —CONR 10 R 11 , —NR 10 R 11 , —SR 9 , —SOR 9 , —SO 2 R 9 , —COR 9 , —COOR 9 , —NR 10 CO R 9 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 1 is halogen, —CN, —OR 9 , —CONR 10 R 11 , —NR 10 R 11 , —SR 9 , —SOR 9 , —SO 2 R 9 , —COR 9 , —COOR 9 , —NR 10 CO R 9 , R 12a -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 12a -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 12a -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 12a -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 12a -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 12a -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 1 is halogen, —OR 9 , —NR 10 R 11 , unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 1 is —OR 9 , —NR 10 R 11 , unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 1 when R 1 is attached to alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl, le includes at least one heteroatom. In some embodiments, R 1 includes at least one heteroatom. In some embodiments, R 1 is —OR 9 or —NR 10 R 11 . In some embodiments, R 1 is —NR 10 R 11 .
- R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 4 and R 5 are optionally joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are optionally joined together to form R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently hydrogen, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 10 and R 11 are optionally joined together to form an substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R 10 and R 11 are optionally joined together to form an R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 12 and R 12a are independently
- halogen —CN, —SR 13 , —SOR 13 , —SO 2 R 13 , —OR 13 , —NR 14 R 15 , —COR 15 , —COOR 15 , CONR 14 R 15 , —NR 14 COR 15 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 12 and R 12a are independently halogen, —CN, —SR 13 , —SOR 13 , —SO 2 R 13 , —OR 13 , —NR 14 R 15 , —COR 15 , —COOR 15 , CONR 14 R 15 , —NR 14 COR 15 , R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 12 is —OR 13 , —NR 14 R 15 , R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 13 , R 14 , and R 15 are independently hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl.
- R 16 is halogen, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —COOH, —COH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 12 is —OR 13 or —NR 14 R 15 .
- R 12a is —OR 13 or —NR 14 R 15 .
- R 12a forms part of an R 1 substituent (e.g. where R 1 is an alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl)
- R 12a includes a heteroatom.
- R 1 forms part of an R 1 substituent (e.g. where R 1 is an alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl)
- R 12a is —OR 13 or —NR 14 R 15 .
- R 4 and R 5 are independently hydrogen or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are independently hydrogen, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 (e.g., C 1 -C 10 ) alkyl, or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are optionally joined together to form an R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- the R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl can be R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydrofuranyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydrothienyl, or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl.
- R 12 is R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 (e.g., C 1 -C 10 ) alkyl or R 16 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl.
- R 16 can be unsubstituted C 4 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl.
- R 4 and R 5 are joined together to form R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- the R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl can be R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted purinyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolopyridinyl (e.g., 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl), R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted indazolyl (e.g., 1H-indazolyl), or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolopyrimidin
- R 4 and R 5 are joined together to form R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolopyrimidinyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted indazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstitute
- R 4 and R 5 are joined together to form R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted 6,5 fused ring heteroaryl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted 5,6 fused ring heteroaryl, R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted 5,5 fused ring heteroaryl, or R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted 6,6 fused ring heteroaryl.
- R 4 and R 5 are joined together to form a R 12 -substituted or unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl having at least 2 (e.g. 2 to 4) ring nitrogens.
- the pi-conjugation element has the formula: -L 1 -(A 1 ) q -L 2 -(A 2 ) r -L 3 - or -L 1 -(A 1 ) q -L 4 -A 3 -L 2 -(A 2 ) r -L 3 -.
- L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are independently a bond or a linking group having the formula:
- x is an integer from 1 to 50. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 10, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 40. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 3. In some embodiments, x is an integer of 1.
- R 17a and R 17b are independently hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OR 18 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —SR 18 , —SOR 18 , —SO 2 R 18 , —COR 18 , —COOR 18 , —NR 19 COR 20 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 17a and R 17b are independently hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OR 18 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —SOR 18 , —SO 2 R 18 , —COR 18 , —COOR 18 , NR 19 COR 20 , R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- a 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted arylene or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
- a 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
- the symbols q and r are independently 0 or 1.
- the pi-conjugation element has the formula: -L 1 -(A 1 ) q -L 2 -(A 2 ) r -L 3 -.
- L 1 and L 3 are bonds
- L 2 is a linking group (as defined above or below)
- a 1 and A 2 are substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene
- q and r are 1.
- L 1 and L 3 are bonds
- L 2 is a linking group (as defined above or below)
- a 1 and A 2 are R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene
- q and r are 1.
- L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are bonds
- a 1 and A 2 are R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene
- q is 1 and r is 0.
- the pi-conjugation element has the formula: -L 1 -(A 1 ) q -L 4 -A 3 -L 2 -(A 2 ) r -L 3 -.
- L 1 and L 3 are bonds
- L 2 and L 4 are linking groups (as defined above or below)
- a 1 , A 2 and A 3 are substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene
- q and r are 1.
- L 1 and L 3 are bonds
- L 2 and L 4 are linking groups (as defined above or below)
- a 1 , A 2 and A 3 are R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene
- q and r are 1.
- the pi-conjugation element is substituted or unsubstituted arylene or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
- the pi-conjugation element is R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene.
- the pi-conjugation element is substituted or unsubstituted phenylene or substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene. In certain embodiments, the pi-conjugation element is R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted phenylene or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene.
- compounds disclosed herein can exhibit increased fluorescence when bound to amyloids.
- the pi-conjugation element is in a planar or substantially planar orientation when bound to an amyloid.
- negative charge donated from EDG can enhance the fluorescent properties of the compounds herein and improve detection of amyloids (e.g., a amyloid plaque).
- a linking group (L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 ) has the formula:
- x is an integer from 1 to 50. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 10, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 40. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 5, 1 to 3, 2 or 1. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 3. In some embodiments, x is an integer of 1. In some embodiments, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are independently a bond.
- a 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In certain embodiments, q and r are independently 0 or 1. In some embodiments, q is 1 and r is 0. In some embodiments, q is 0 and r is 1. In some embodiments, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted phenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene.
- a 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted phenylene, or R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene. In some embodiments, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted phenylene. In some embodiments, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted phenylene. In some embodiments, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene. In some embodiments, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are independently R 17 -substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene.
- R 17 is independently
- halogen —CN, —OR 18 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —SOR 18 , —SO 2 R 18 , —COR 18 , —COOR 18 , —NR 19 COR 20 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 17 is independently halogen, —CN, —OR 18 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —SOR 18 , —SO 2 R 18 , —COR 18 , —COOR 18 , —NR 19 COR 20 , R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R- 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 17 is —OR 18 , —NR 19 R 20 , R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 17 is R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 (e.g., C 1 -C 10 ) alkyl, or R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl.
- R 18 , R 19 and R 20 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 18 , R 19 and R 20 are independently hydrogen, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 21 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 21 is halogen, —OR 22 , —NR 23 R 24 , halogen, —CN, —OR 22 , —CONR 23 R 24 , —NR 23 R 24 , —SR 22 , —SOR 22 , —SO 2 R 22 , —COR 22 , —COOR 22 , —NR 23 COR 24 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 21 can be
- halogen —OR 22 , —NR 23 R 24 , halogen, —CN, —OR 22 , —CONR 23 R 24 , —NR 23 R 24 , —SR 22 , —SOR 22 , —SO 2 R 22 , —COR 22 , —COOR 22 , NR 23 COR 24 , R 21a -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 21a -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 21a -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 21a -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 21a -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 21a -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 21 a is halogen, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —COOH, —COH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted, heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 22 , R 23 and R 24 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R 22 , R 23 and R 24 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl.
- the water soluble group is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- the water soluble group is substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl.
- the water soluble group is R 25 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 25 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 25 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 25 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 25 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, R 25 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- the water soluble group is R 25 -substituted alkyl, R 25 -substituted heteroalkyl, R 25 -substituted cycloalkyl, R 25 -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 25 -substituted aryl, R 25 -substituted heteroaryl.
- halogen —CN, —OR 26 , —CONR 27 R 28 , —NR 27 R 28 , —SR 26 , —SOR 26 , —SO 2 R 26 , —COR 26 , —COOR 26 , —NR 27 COR 28 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 25 is halogen, —CN, —OR 26 , —CONR 27 R 28 , —NR 27 R 28 , —SR 26 , —SOR 26 , —SO 2 R 26 , —COR 26 , —COOR 26 , —NR 27 COR 28 , R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 26 , R 27 and R 28 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 26 , R 27 and R 28 are independently hydrogen, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 27 and R 28 are optionally joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R 27 and R 28 are optionally joined together to form a R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or a R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- halogen —CN, —OR 30 , —CONR 31 R 32 , —NR 31 R 32 , —SR 30 , —SOR 30 , —SO 2 R 30 , —COR 30 , —COOR 30 , —NR 31 COR 32 , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 29 is unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 30 , R 31 and R 32 are independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 30 , R 31 and R 32 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R 30 , R 31 and R 32 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl.
- the water soluble group can include a moiety that increases the water solubility of a molecule.
- the water soluble group can include a moiety containing a heteroatom (e.g., oxygen).
- the heteroatom can be oxygen or nitrogen.
- the water soluble group is an ethylene glycol moiety having the formula:
- y is an integer from 1 to 50. In some embodiments, y is an integer from 1 to 10, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 40. In some embodiments, R 29 is —OMe.
- the water soluble group is R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 (e.g., C 1 -C 10 ) alkyl or R 29 -substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl.
- R 29 is —OH.
- the water soluble group can be —(CH 2 ) b —(CH 2 OH)—CH 2 OH, and b is an integer from 0 to 20, or from 0-10.
- the compound has the structure:
- q and r are independently 0 or 1
- y is an integer from 1 to 10.
- L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , A 1 , A 2 , R 4 , R 5 and R 29 are as defined above.
- the compound has the structure:
- q and r are independently 0 or 1
- y is an integer from 1 to 10.
- L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 29 are as defined above.
- the compound has the structure:
- m is an integer from 0 to 4
- z is an integer from 0 to 4
- y is an integer from 1 to 10.
- L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 17 and R 29 are as defined above.
- the compound has the structure:
- m is an integer from 0 to 6
- z is an integer from 0 to 6
- y is an integer from 1 to 10.
- L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 17 and R 29 are as defined above.
- m is 0.
- z is 0.
- m is 1.
- z is 1.
- the compound has the structure:
- y is an integer from 1 to 10
- z is an integer from 0 to 4.
- R 4 , R 5 , R 17 and R 29 are as defined above.
- R 29 is —OMe.
- the compound has the structure:
- y is an integer from 1 to 10
- z is an integer from 0 to 6.
- R 4 , R 5 , R 17 and R 29 are as defined above.
- R 29 is —OMe.
- m is 0.
- z is 0.
- m is 1.
- z is 1.
- the compound has the structure:
- m is an integer from 0 to 4
- x is an integer from 1 to 10
- y is an integer from 1 to 10
- z is an integer from 0 to 4.
- x is 1, and m and z are 0.
- R 4 , R 5 , R 17 and R 29 are as defined above.
- R 29 is —OMe.
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -C 8 cycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl
- each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkylene
- each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkylene
- the compounds of the Formulae provided herein are one or more of the compounds set forth in Table 1 below:
- compositions disclosed herein can include a compound described herein in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (e.g., carrier).
- the pharmaceutical compositions include optical isomers, diastereomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the inhibitors disclosed herein.
- the pharmaceutical compositions include a compound disclosed herein and citrate as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- the compound included in the pharmaceutical composition may be covalently attached to a carrier moiety, as described above. Alternatively, the compound included in the pharmaceutical composition is not covalently linked to a carrier moiety.
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” as used herein refers to pharmaceutical excipients, for example, pharmaceutically, physiologically, acceptable organic or inorganic carrier substances suitable for enteral or parenteral application that do not deleteriously react with the active agent.
- suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include water, salt solutions (such as Ringer's solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, and carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, and polyvinyl pyrrolidine.
- Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with the compounds disclosed herein.
- auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with the compounds disclosed herein.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be administered alone or can be coadministered to the subject. Coadministration is meant to include simultaneous or sequential administration of the compounds individually or in combination (more than one compound).
- the preparations can also be combined, when desired, with other active substances (e.g. to reduce metabolic degradation).
- the compounds can be prepared and administered in a wide variety of oral, parenteral, and topical dosage forms.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be administered by injection (e.g. intravenously, intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously, intraduodenally, or intraperitoneally).
- the compounds described herein can be administered by inhalation, for example, intranasally.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be administered transdermally. It is also envisioned that multiple routes of administration (e.g., intramuscular, oral, transdermal) can be used to administer the compounds disclosed herein.
- pharmaceutical compositions can include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and one or more compounds disclosed herein.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid.
- Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules.
- a solid carrier can be one or more substance that may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
- the carrier is a finely divided solid in a mixture with the finely divided active component.
- the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
- the powders and tablets preferably contain from 5% to 70% of the active compound.
- Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like.
- the term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it.
- cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.
- a low melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter
- the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring.
- the molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.
- Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water/propylene glycol solutions.
- liquid preparations can be formulated in solution in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.
- suitable admixtures for the compounds disclosed herein are injectable, sterile solutions, preferably oily or aqueous solutions, as well as suspensions, emulsions, or implants, including suppositories.
- carriers for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of dextrose, saline, pure water, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, peanut oil, sesame oil, polyoxyethylene-block polymers, and the like. Ampoules are convenient unit dosages.
- the compounds disclosed herein can also be incorporated into liposomes or administered via transdermal pumps or patches.
- Pharmaceutical admixtures suitable for use herein include those described, for example, in Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th Ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa.) and WO 96/05309, the teachings of both of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- Aqueous solutions suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents as desired.
- Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
- solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration.
- liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
- These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
- the pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form.
- the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component.
- the unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
- the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
- the quantity of active component in a unit dose preparation may be varied or adjusted from 0.1 mg to 10000 mg, more typically 1.0 mg to 1000 mg, most typically 10 mg to 500 mg, according to the particular application and the potency of the active component.
- the composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
- co-solvents include: Polysorbate 20, 60, and 80; Pluronic F-68, F-84, and P-103; cyclodextrin; and polyoxyl 35 castor oil. Such co-solvents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.
- Viscosity greater than that of simple aqueous solutions may be desirable to decrease variability in dispensing the formulations, to decrease physical separation of components of a suspension or emulsion of formulation, and/or otherwise to improve the formulation.
- Such viscosity building agents include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl cellulose, chondroitin sulfate and salts thereof, hyaluronic acid and salts thereof, and combinations of the foregoing.
- Such agents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.
- compositions disclosed herein may additionally include components to provide sustained release and/or comfort.
- Such components include high molecular weight, anionic mucomimetic polymers, gelling polysaccharides, and finely-divided drug carrier substrates. These components are discussed in greater detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,920; 5,403,841; 5,212,162; and 4,861,760. The entire contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- compositions provided herein include compositions in which the active ingredient is contained in a therapeutically effective amount, i.e., in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose.
- a therapeutically effective amount i.e., in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose.
- the actual amount effective for a particular application will depend, inter alia, on the condition being treated.
- such compositions when administered in methods to treat cancer, such compositions will contain an amount of active ingredient effective to achieve the desired result (e.g. decreasing the number of cancer cells in a subject).
- the dosage and frequency (single or multiple doses) of compound administered can vary depending upon a variety of factors, including route of administration; size, age, sex, health, body weight, body mass index, and diet of the recipient; nature and extent of symptoms of the disease being treated; presence of other diseases or other health-related problems; kind of concurrent treatment; and complications from any disease or treatment regimen.
- Other therapeutic regimens or agents can be used in conjunction with the methods and compounds disclosed herein.
- the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from cell culture assays, as known in the art.
- Therapeutically effective amounts for use in humans may be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve a concentration that has been found to be effective in animals.
- Dosages may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the compound being employed.
- the dose administered to a patient should be sufficient to affect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time.
- the size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects.
- treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached.
- the dosage range is 0.001% to 10% w/v. In another embodiment, the dosage range is 0.1% to 5% w/v.
- Dosage amounts and intervals can be adjusted individually to provide levels of the administered compound effective for the particular clinical indication being treated. This will provide a therapeutic regimen that is commensurate with the severity of the individual's disease state.
- an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen can be planned that does not cause substantial toxicity and yet is entirely effective to treat the clinical symptoms demonstrated by the particular patient.
- This planning should involve the careful choice of active compound by considering factors such as compound potency, relative bioavailability, patient body weight, presence and severity of adverse side effects, preferred mode of administration, and the toxicity profile of the selected agent.
- the ratio between toxicity and therapeutic effect for a particular compound is its therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio between LD 50 (the amount of compound lethal in 50% of the population) and ED 50 (the amount of compound effective in 50% of the population).
- LD 50 the amount of compound lethal in 50% of the population
- ED 50 the amount of compound effective in 50% of the population.
- Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred.
- Therapeutic index data obtained from cell culture assays and/or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosages for use in humans.
- the dosage of such compounds preferably lies within a range of plasma concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
- the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. See, e.g.
- the methods of detection can employ spectroscopic (i.e., UV-visible, fluorescence, and the like), radiographic, and other detection methods known in the art.
- the methods includes contacting a compound as described herein with an amyloid, thereby forming a detectable amyloid complex, and detecting the detectable amyloid complex, as described herein and known in the art.
- An “amyloid complex” is referred to herein as a complex of a compound described herein and at least one amyloid peptide (e.g., an aggregate of amyloid peptides).
- the compounds described herein can form a complex with an amyloid by a variety of interactions, such as non-covalent interactions (e.g., hydrophobic interactions or hydrogen bonding).
- Amyloids described herein can be composed of at least one amyloid peptide molecule.
- An amyloid peptide is referred to herein as a peptide or protein that can forms part of or is capable of forming an amyloid in association with other peptides or proteins.
- Amyloids described herein can be composed of any amyloid peptide or amyloid protein that is known to form amyloids.
- amyloids include a plurality of amyloid peptides and/or amyloid peptide molecules.
- an amyloid includes an amyloid peptide molecule aggregated with one or more amyloid peptide molecules.
- the amyloid peptides can include A ⁇ peptide, prion protein, a-synuclein, or superoxide dismutase. In some embodiments, the amyloid peptides can include a portion of or functional fragment thereof of A ⁇ peptide, prion protein, a-synuclein, or superoxide dismutase. In some embodiments, an amyloid peptide and/or amyloid can be solvated in solution and bound to one or more of the compounds described herein. In some embodiments, the amyloids include amyloid peptides that are arranged in ⁇ -sheets that can allow for binding of the compounds described herein. In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein exhibit increased fluorescence (as compared to free solution) when bound and interacting with amyloids via hydrophobic interactions.
- the methods provided herein include methods of assaying the compounds herein to detect binding of the compounds to amyloids and/or amyloid peptides.
- candidate compounds may be easily assayed for their ability to bind to amyloids.
- amyloid binding agents having the structure of the Formulae provided herein or embodiments thereof may be assayed using in vitro assays.
- in vitro assays can include measuring fluorescence of the compounds herein when they are bound to amyloids versus in free solution not bound to the amyloids. Generally, an increase in fluorescence indicates binding to an amyloid.
- Binding constants for the compounds herein can also be determined using techniques known in the art. For example, competitive binding studies can be used to determine the effectiveness of the compounds described herein for inhibiting, e.g., IgG-A ⁇ peptide interactions.
- Cellular assays may also be used to assess the binding properties of candidate amyloid binding agents having the structure of the Formulae provided herein or embodiments thereof.
- Cellular assays include cells from any appropriate source, including plant and animal cells (such as mammalian cells). The cellular assays may also be conducted in human cells. The selection of appropriate assay methods is well within the capabilities of those having ordinary skill in the art.
- the compounds may be further tested for their ability to selectively bind amyloid (e.g., in amyloid plaques) in animal models (e.g. whole animals, animal organs, or animal tissues).
- animal models e.g. whole animals, animal organs, or animal tissues.
- the compounds described herein may be further tested in cell models or animal models for their ability to cause detectable changes in phenotype related to a particular amyloid peptide and/or amyloid.
- animal models may be used to test the compounds described herein for their ability to treat, for example, diseases associated with amyloids in an animal model.
- the compounds described herein can be used to image amyloids in animal tissue.
- the animal tissue is human tissue.
- a method of treating a disease associated with amyloid peptides and/or amyloids in a subject in need of such treatment can be characterized by an accumulation of amyloids (e.g., amyloid plaques) in a subject.
- the methods can include administering to the subject an effective amount (e.g. a therapeutically effective amount) of a compound having the structure of the Formulae provided herein (or an embodiment thereof as described above).
- subject refers to a mammal to which a pharmaceutical composition or formulation is administered.
- exemplary subjects include humans, as well as veterinary and laboratory animals such as horses, pigs, cattle, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, and aquatic mammals.
- the subject is a human.
- the disease can include Alzheimer's disease, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Down's Syndrome, Dementia with Lewy Body, or Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS).
- BSE bovine spongiform encephalopathy
- ALS Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
- the amyloid peptide is A ⁇ peptide and the disease is Alzheimer's disease.
- the methods of treating described herein include a method of treating Alzheimer's disease.
- the methods of treating described herein include a method of treating Parkinson's disease.
- Merck silica gel plates (60F-254) and visualized under UV light and/or developed by dipping in solutions of 10% ethanolic phosphomolybdic acid (PMA) or p-anisaldehyde and applying heat.
- PMA ethanolic phosphomolybdic acid
- E. Merck silica gel (60, particle size 0.040-0.063 mm) was used for flash chromatography. Preparative thin-layer chromatography separations were carried out on 0.25 or 0.50 mm
- E. Merck silica gel plates (60F-254). NMR spectra were recorded on Varian Mercury 300 or 400 MHz instruments and calibrated using the residual undeuterated solvent as an internal reference.
- HRMS High resolution mass spectra
- ESI electron spray ionization
- EI electron impact
- Naphthalene-based Cmpd 11 was synthesized by treatment of commercially available methoxy naphthaldehyde 9 with eight equivalents of lithiated piperidine and Knoevenagel condensation of the resulting aldehyde 10 with cyano ester 7 (Scheme 2, 29% combined yield). See H. M. Guo, F. Tanaka, J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74:2417-2424.
- Scheme 2 reagents and conditions: (a) 8.0 equiv piperidine in benzene/HMPA: 1/1, 0° C., 8.0 equiv nBuLi, 0° C., 15 min, then 1.0 equiv 9, 25° C., 12 h, 35%; (b) 1.0 equiv 10, 1.1 equiv 7, 0.1 equiv piperidine, THF, 50° C., 21 h, 82%.
- R 4 , R 5 and R 16 can correspond to the R 4 , R 5 and R 16 described above.
- Cmpd 14 was prepared by condensation of aldehyde 6a with ⁇ -cyano ester 12, followed by an acid-catalyzed deprotection of the acetonide unit (Scheme 3, 68% combined yield). See M. A. Haidekker, T. P. Brady, S. H. Chalian, W. Akers, D. Lichlyter, E. A. Theodorakis, Bioorg. Chem. 2004, 32:274-289.
- Stilbene-based Cmpd 19 was synthesized in four steps that included: (a) conversion of benzyl bromide 15 to phosphonate 16; (b) Horner-Emmons olefination of 16 with aldehyde 6a to form 17; (c) lithiation of bromide 17 and formylation to produce aldehyde 18; and (d) Knoevenagel condensation of the resulting aldehyde 18 with cyano ester 7 (Scheme 4, 42% combined yield). See H. Meier, E. Karpuk, H. C. Holst, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2006, 2609-2617; L. Viau, O. Maury, H. Le Bozec, Tetrahedron Lett.
- silica gel plates 60E-254 and visualized under UV light and/or developed by dipping in solutions of 10% ethanolic phosphomolybdic acid (PMA) and applying heat.
- Dynamic Adsorbents, Inc. silica gel (60, particle size 0.040-0.063 mm) was used for flash chromatography.
- High resolution mass spectra (HRMS) were recorded on a VG 7070 HS mass spectrometer under electron spray ionization (ESI) or electron impact (EI) conditions.
- a fluorescent amyloid-binding agent displays a significant fluorescence intensity increase after binding to A ⁇ aggregates as compared to its native fluorescence in solution. See H. LeVine III, Protein Sci. 1993, 2:404-410. Along these lines we measured the fluorescent properties of each compound at 4 ⁇ M concentration before and after mixing with preaggregated A ⁇ (1-42) peptides (5 ⁇ M, aggregated in PBS buffer for 3 days at 25° C.).
- Aggregated A ⁇ peptide was prepared by dissolving A ⁇ (1-42) in PBS pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 100 ⁇ M. This solution was magnetically stirred at 1200 rpm for 3 days at room temperature. The 100 ⁇ M A ⁇ (1-42) stock solution in PBS was aliquoted and frozen at 80° C. for up to 4 weeks without noticeable change in its property. 150 ⁇ L of pre-aggregated A ⁇ (1-42) was added to 2.85 mL of compound to attain a final concentration of 5 ⁇ M A ⁇ (1-42) and 4 ⁇ M of compound. The solution was transferred to 3 mL cuvette and the fluorescence measured at 25° C. As shown in FIGS.
- Kd apparent binding constants
- the assay is based on screening for molecules that inhibit the interaction of the aggregated A ⁇ peptide with a monoclonal anti-A ⁇ IgG raised against residues 1-17 of A ⁇ .
- Aggregated A ⁇ peptide was prepared by dissolving A ⁇ (1-42) in PBS pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 100 ⁇ M. This solution was magnetically stirred at 1200 rpm for 3 days at room temperature. The 100 ⁇ M A/3(1-42) stock solution in PBS was aliquoted and frozen at ⁇ 10° C. for up to 4 weeks without noticeable change in its property. 15 ⁇ L of the pre-aggregated A ⁇ (1-42) was added to 285 ⁇ L of the probe (5% DMSO in nano-pure water) to attain a final concentration of 5 ⁇ M A ⁇ (1-42) and 4 ⁇ M of the probe. The solution was transferred to a 300 mL cuvette and the fluorescent measured. FIGS. 9A-9F show fluorescence excitation spectra of Cmpds 27-31 and 33, respectively.
- an amyloid-binding probe displays significant increase of the fluorescent emission upon binding with the aggregates as compared to that in solution.
- we compared the fluorescent properties of 27-31 or 33 in aqueous solution with or without the presence of aggregated A ⁇ 42 peptides. Specifically, we measured the fluorescent properties of each dye at 4 ⁇ M concentration in nano pure water, before and after mixing with aggregated A/342 peptide (final concentration peptide 5 ⁇ M). As it is shown in table 5, in all cases we observed a significant increase (3 to 9-fold) in the intensity of the emission spectra of the probes upon association with the aggregated amyloid peptides.
- FIG. 9C provides a representative example of the fluorescent properties of compound 29. The figure shows fluorescent emission of compound 29 before (solid line) and after (dotted line) mixing with A ⁇ aggregates.
- K d apparent binding constants
- fitting this data for compound 29 revealed a K d of 13.8 ⁇ M for association of compound 29 to aggregated A ⁇ 42 peptides.
- Pre-aggregated A ⁇ (1-42) (5 ⁇ M final concentration) was mixed with various concentrations of compounds described herein (10, 5, 2.5, 1.25 ⁇ M) in PBS buffer (pH 7.4) and their fluorescence was measured.
- the negative inverse of the x-intercept of the linear regression that was drawn between the double reciprocal of the fluorescence intensity maximum and concentration of the compound, represents the compound binding constant (K d ) to A ⁇ (1-42).
- the relative fluorescence enhancement of the compound upon binding to aggregated ⁇ -amyloid peptides was determined by taking the difference between F (fluorescence after the addition of aggregated peptides) and F O (fluorescence before the addition of aggregated peptides).
- Equation 7 suggests that a double reciprocal plot of ⁇ F and [G] should yield a straight line with x-intercept equal to ⁇ 1/K d .
- FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 provide double reciprocal plots of the measured fluorescence versus total concentration of compound [G O ]. Assuming that [G] can be approximated as close to [G O ] (assumption 2), we can obtain estimates for the K d 's of the compound-A ⁇ complexes from the x-intercept of the linear fits of the data for each compound. The estimated K d 's for some compounds described herein are given in Table 3.
- Aggregated AP peptides were generated from synthetic A ⁇ (1-42) peptides by dissolving 30 ⁇ g of peptide in 90 ⁇ L of nanopure water (pH 5-6) and incubating at 37° C. for ⁇ 72 h without agitation. Each well of a 96-well plate (well volume 0.4 mL; clear, flat bottom polypropylene) was coated for 3 h at 25° C. with 50 ⁇ L of 1.3 ⁇ M solution of A ⁇ peptides in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS, 10 mM NaH 2 PO 4 /Na 2 HPO 4 , 138 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM KCl, pH 7.4).
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- Wells were incubated for 1 h with 50 ⁇ L of a 1.1 nM solution (in 1% BSA/PBS, dilution 1:6000) of anti-A ⁇ IgG (clone 6E10, monoclonal, mouse), followed by removal of the solution.
- the wells were washed twice with 300 ⁇ L of PBS buffer and incubated for 60 min with 50 ⁇ L of the secondary IgG (anti-mouse IgG H+L, polyclonal, rabbit) conjugated with alkaline phosphatase (6.8 nM in 1% BSA/PBS, dilution 1:1000). The solution was discarded, and the wells were washed twice with 300 ⁇ L PBS buffer.
- Bound secondary IgGs were detected by the addition of 50 ⁇ L of a p-nitrophenyl phosphate solution (2.7 mM, in 100 mM diethanol amine/0.5 mM magnesium chloride, pH 9.8). Absorbance intensities were determined at 405 nm using a UV-vis spectroscopic plate reader (Sprectramax 190, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Each run was performed five times and averaged. Error bars represent standard deviations. Graphs were plotted and fitted with the sigmoid curve fitting.
- a ⁇ (Biopeptide, Inc.) was initially solubilized in hexafluoroisopropanol at 1 mM concentration, vortexed, sonicated and vortexed.
- the vial was covered in foil and was incubated for 21 hours at 25° C. on a shaker, with 3 times of vortexing throughout the incubation period.
- the solution was sonicated and vortexed again then diluted with cold nanopure water (2:1 H 2 O:HFIP), fractionated in desired amounts into small glass vials, and immediately frozen in a CO 2 /acetone bath. Each fraction was covered with parafilm that was punctured to allow solvent vapors to escape.
- SHSY-5Y human neuroblastoma cells, MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide) cell proliferation kit, Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium (EMEM), Ham's F12 nutrient mixture, and Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) were all purchased from ATCC (Manassas, Va.). Briefly, SH-SY5Y cells (in 1:1 EMEM:Ham's F-12 with 10% FBS) were seeded on 96-well plates at a density of 5 ⁇ 10 4 cells/well. Plates were incubated overnight (in a humidified atmosphere of 95% air, 5% CO 2 , at 37° C.) to promote attachment of cells to the wells.
- MTT reagent (20 ⁇ L) was added to the medium and incubated for additional 4 hours. After incubation, 100 ⁇ L of detergent reagent was added and the plates were covered with aluminum foil and left at room temperature overnight. The amount of solubilized MTT formazan was measured by spectrophotometric absorbance at 570 nm (Spectramax 190, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). MTT assay was not performed on compound 19 due to its poor solubility in aqueous media.
- FIGS. 11A-11F depict fluorescence images of amyloid plaques in human tissue from AD cases. After the frozen tissue was sectioned and mounted to a glass slide, the tissue was exposed to a solution containing a fluorescent probe for 30 min. The sample was washed with water to eliminate non-specific staining of the tissue, and imaged using an inverted epi-fluorescence microscope. The images reveal the location of plaques that were stained with FIG. 11A ) compound 27, FIG. 11B ) compound 28, FIG. 11C ) compound 29, FIG. 11D ) compound 30, FIG. 11E ) compound 31, or FIG. 11F ) compound 33.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
Abstract
There are provided compounds and methods for the detection of amyloids and treatment of diseases related to amyloids including Alzheimer's disease and other related amyloid-based neurodegenerative diseases.
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/572,465, filed Dec. 16, 2014, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/515,239, filed Aug. 9, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,940,918, which is a National Stage Entry of International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/059952, filed Dec. 10, 2010, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/285,470, filed Dec. 10, 2009, the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety and for all purposes.
- This invention was made with government support under Grant No. 1E21RR025358 awarded by National Institutes of Health (NIH). The government has certain rights in the invention.
- Alzheimer's disease (AD) is characterized by a progressive loss of cognitive function and constitutes the most common and fatal neurodegenerative disorder. Genetic and clinical evidence supports the hypothesis that accumulation of amyloid deposits in the brain plays an important role in the pathology of the disease. This event is associated with perturbations of biological functions in the surrounding tissue leading to neuronal cell death, thus contributing to the disease process. The deposits are composed primarily of amyloid (Aβ) peptides, typically a 39-43 amino acid sequence that self aggregates into a fibrillar β-pleated sheet motif. While the exact three-dimensional structure of the aggregated Aβ peptides is not known, a model structure that sustains the property of aggregation has been proposed. This creates opportunities for in vivo imaging of amyloid deposits that not only can help evaluate the time course and evolution of the disease but can also allow the timely monitoring of therapeutic treatments.
- Historically, Congo Red (CR) and Thioflavin T (ThT) have provided the starting point for the visualization of amyloid plaques and are still commonly employed in post mortem histological analyses. However, due to their charge these compounds are thought to be unsuitable for in vivo applications. To address this issue, several laboratories developed compounds with non charged, lipophilic (log P=0.1-3.5) and low molecular weight chemical structures (M.W. less than 650) that facilitate crossing of the blood brain barrier. Further functionalization of these compounds with radio-nuclides led to a new generation of in vivo diagnostic reagents that target plaques and related structures for imaging with positron emission tomography (PET) and single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), as known in the art.
- Despite these advances, there is a pressing need for the design and development of new amyloid-targeting molecules with improved physical, chemical and biological characteristics. Provided herein are methods and compounds addressing these and other needs in the art.
- Herein are provided inter alia compounds and methods for the detection of amyloids and treatment of diseases related to amyloids including Alzheimer's disease and other related amyloid-based neurodegenerative diseases.
- In a first aspect, compounds that bind amyloid peptides and/or amyloids (e.g., amyloid peptide aggregates) are provided. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein have the structure of Formula (I):
- In Formula I, “EDG” is an electron donating group. The term “TECE” is a pi-conjugation element. “WSG” is a water soluble group.
- In another aspect, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition. The pharmaceutical composition includes a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- In another aspect, there is provided a method of detecting an amyloid peptide and/or an amyloid. The method includes contacting a compound as described herein with an amyloid peptide thereby forming a detectable amyloid complex, and detecting the detectable amyloid complex.
- In another aspect, there is provided a method of treating a disease characterized by an accumulation of amyloids (e.g., amyloid deposits) in a subject. The method includes administering to a subject in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition as described herein.
-
FIGS. 1A-1D depict fluorescence excitation and emission spectra of 8d and 11 in aqueous PBS solution (solid lines) and in the presence of Aβ peptide (dashed lined).Cmpds FIG. 1A : fluorescence excitation spectrum ofCmpd 8d.FIG. 1B : emission spectrum ofCmpd 8d.FIG. 1C : fluorescence excitation spectrum ofCmpd 11.FIG. 1D : emission spectrum ofCmpd 11. -
FIG. 2 depicts the apparent binding constant (Kd) of 8d and 11 to preaggregated Aβ peptide. Legend: Cmpd 8d (diamond); Cmpd 11 (box).Cmpds -
FIGS. 3A-3B depict the inhibition of IgG-Aβ fibril interactions withCmpd 8d (FIG. 3A ) and Cmpd 11 (FIG. 3B ). -
FIGS. 4A-4J depict fluorescence excitation spectra and emission spectra for 8a, 8b, 8c, 14 and 19 with aggregated Aβ(1-42) fibril, as described herein.Cmpds FIGS. 4A and 4B show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, forCmpd 8a.FIGS. 4C and 4D show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, forCmpd 8b.FIGS. 4E and 4F show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, forCmpd 8c.FIGS. 4G and 4H show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, forCmpd 14.FIGS. 4I and 4J show fluorescence excitation and emission spectra, respectively, forCmpd 19. -
FIGS. 5A-5G depict fluorescence emission spectra ofCmpds 8a (FIG. 5A ), 8b (FIG. 5B ), 8c (FIG. 5C ), 8d (FIG. 5D ), 11 (FIG. 5E ), 14 (FIG. 5F ) and 19 (FIG. 5G ) with and without monomeric Aβ monomer, as described herein. -
FIG. 6 depicts a double reciprocal plot of fluorescence maxima and concentration of 8a, 8b, 8c, 14 and 19, as described herein. Legend:Cmpds Cmpd 8a (diamond);Cmpd 8b (box);Cmpd 8c (triangle); Cmpd 14 (cross); Cmpd 19 (barred cross). -
FIGS. 7A-7D depict inhibition maxima and IE50 values for compounds described herein.FIG. 7A :Cmpd 8a;FIG. 7B :Cmpd 8b;FIG. 7C :Cmpd 8c;FIG. 7D :Cmpd 14. -
FIG. 8 depicts the results of cytoxicity studies as described herein. Legend: for each concentration of compound employed in the cytoxicity assay, the % cell survival is plotted as a histogram in the order (left to right): 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 11 and 14, respectively.Cmpd -
FIGS. 9A-9F depict fluorescence excitation and emission spectra of Cmpds 27 (FIG. 9A ), 28 (FIG. 9B ), 29 (FIG. 9C ), 30 (FIG. 9D ), 31 (FIG. 9E ) and 33 (FIG. 9F ), respectively, in solution (solid lines) and in the presence of Aβ peptide (dashed lines). -
FIGS. 10A-10F show fluorescence intensity versus concentration of aggregated Ab peptides for Cmpds 27 (FIG. 10A ), 28 (FIG. 10B ), 29 (FIG. 10C ), 30 (FIG. 10D ), 31 (FIG. 10E ) and 33 (FIG. 10F ), respectively. -
FIGS. 11A-11F show images of plaques that were stained withFIG. 11A ) compound 27,FIG. 11B ) compound 28,FIG. 11C ) compound 29,FIG. 11D )compound 30,FIG. 11E ) compound 31, orFIG. 11F ) compound 33, as described herein. - The abbreviations used herein have their conventional meaning within the chemical and biological arts. The chemical structures and formulae set forth herein are constructed according to the standard rules of chemical valency known in the chemical arts.
- Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH2O— is equivalent to —OCH2—.
- The term “electron donating group (EDG)” refers to a chemical moiety that modifies the electrostatic forces acting on a nearby chemical moiety by donating negative charge to that chemical moiety. In some embodiments, the electron donating group donates negative charge to the π-conjugation element of the compounds disclosed herein.
- The term “π-conjugation element,” “πCE” or “pi-conjugation element” refers to a divalent chemical moiety that forms a π-conjugated system that has alternating single and multiple bonds (e.g., double bonds) such that the electrons in the p-orbitals of the atoms in the system are delocalized. In some embodiments, the single and multiple bonds in the π-conjugated element can be in a planar or substantially planar orientation.
- The term “water soluble group” refers to a chemical moiety that increases the water solubility of the compounds to which it is attached. Increasing the water solubility can be measured using existing techniques in the art, such as by determining a partition constant of the compounds with and without an attached water soluble group. In some embodiments, the partition constant can be measured by mixing a compound with water and a hydrophobic solvent, such as octanol. The more hydrophobic a compound, the higher its partition constant. The more hydrophilic a compound, the lower its partition constant. In some embodiments, the water soluble groups described herein can improve the water solubility of precursor molecules by decreasing their partition coefficient. In some embodiments, the water soluble groups can decrease the partition constant of precursor molecules (which have a higher partition constant before attachment of the water soluble group) at least by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. In some embodiments, the water soluble groups described herein can decrease the partition constant of precursor molecules by 1-fold, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, or greater.
- The term “amyloid” is used herein according to its customary meaning in the art. Amyloids contain a plurality of associated amyloid peptides, such as aggregates of amyloid peptides. Thus, in some embodiments, amyloids include an amyloid peptide aggregated with one or more amyloid peptides. In some embodiments, amyloids include “amyloid plaques,” amyloid deposits,” “amyloid aggregates” or “aggregates of amyloid peptides.” The compounds described herein can associate with (e.g., bind) an amyloid peptide and/or an amyloid. In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein can associate with an amyloid by hydrophobic interactions.
- The term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e. unbranched) or branched chain, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e. C1-C10 means one to ten carbons). Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. An alkoxy is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen linker (—O—).
- The term “alkylene” by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited, by —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, and further includes those groups described below as “heteroalkylene.” Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred. A “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- The term “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si and S. The nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N, P and S and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH2—CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH2, —S(O)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)2—CH3, —CH═CH—O—CH3, —Si(CH3)3, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3, O—CH3, —O—CH2—CH3, and —CN. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH2—NH—OCH3. Similarly, the term “heteroalkylene” by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH2—CH2—S—CH2—CH2— and —CH2—S—CH2—CH2—NH—CH2—. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of the linking group is written. For example, the formula —C(O)2R′— represents both —C(O)2R′— and —R′C(O)2—. As described above, heteroalkyl groups, as used herein, include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R″, —OR′, —SR′, and/or —SO2R′. Where “heteroalkyl” is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R″ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like.
- The terms “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl,” by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl”, respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1 piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like. A “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- The terms “halo” or “halogen,” by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl,” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term “halo(C1-C4)alkyl” is meant to include, but not be limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- The term “acyl” means —C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- The term “aryl” means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent which can be a single ring or multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) which are fused together (i.e. a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently. A fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together and at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring. The term “heteroaryl” refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. The nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. Thus, the term “heteroaryl” includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e. multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring). A 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. Likewise, a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. And a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below. An “arylene” and a “heteroarylene,” alone or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an aryl and heteroaryl, respectively.
- For brevity, the term “aryl” when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the term “arylalkyl” is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like).
- The term “oxo” as used herein means oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
- The term “alkylsulfonyl” as used herein means a moiety having the formula —S(O2)—R′, where R′ is an alkyl group as defined above. R′ may have a specified number of carbons (e.g. “C1-C4 alkylsulfonyl”).
- Each of the above terms (e.g., “alkyl,” “heteroalkyl,” “aryl” and “heteroaryl”) are meant to include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
- Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to: —OR′, ═O, ═NR′, ═N—OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R′, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)2R′, —NR—C(NR′R″R′″)═NR″″, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN and —NO2 in a number ranging from zero to (2m′+1), where m′ is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups. When a compound disclosed herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ groups when more than one of these groups is present. When R′ and R″ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, —NR′R″ is meant to include, but not be limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term “alkyl” is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF3 and —CH2CF3) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CF3, —C(O)CH2OCH3, and the like).
- Similar to the substituents described for the alkyl radical, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: halogen, —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R′, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)2R′, —NR—C(NR′R″R′″)═NR″″, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN and —NO2, —R′, —N3, —CH(Ph)2, fluoro(C1-C4)alkoxy, and fluoro(C1-C4)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. When a compound disclosed herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ groups when more than one of these groups is present.
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′)q—U—, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′— or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH2)r—B—, wherein A and B are independently CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)2NR′— or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′)s—X′—(C″R′″)d—, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, or S(O)2NR′—. The substituents R, R′, R″ and R′″ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- As used herein, the term “heteroatom” or “ring heteroatom” is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
- A “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
-
- (A) —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, oxo, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (B) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
- (i) oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (ii) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
- (a) oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (b) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, and unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- A “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” as used herein means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C4-C8 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- A “lower substituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C5-C7 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds disclosed herein contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds disclosed herein contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds disclosed herein contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- Thus, the compounds disclosed herein may exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, (−)-tartrates or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid. These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
- In addition to salt forms, the compounds disclosed herein can be in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds disclosed herein. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds disclosed herein by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds disclosed herein when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
- Certain compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope disclosed herein. Certain compounds disclosed herein may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated disclosed herein.
- Certain compounds disclosed herein possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers and individual isomers. The compounds disclosed herein do not include those which are known in the art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.
- The compounds disclosed herein may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I) or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds disclosed herein, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the disclosure.
- Where a substituent of a compound provided herein is “R-substituted” (e.g. R1-substituted), it is meant that the substituent is substituted with one or more of the named R groups (e.g. R′) as appropriate. In some embodiments, the substituent is substituted with only one of the named R groups.
- The terms “treating” or “treatment” refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission; diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the patient; slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a patient's physical or mental well-being. The treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters; including the results of a physical examination, neuropsychiatric exams, and/or a psychiatric evaluation. For example, the certain methods presented herein successfully treat cancer by decreasing the incidence of cancer, in inhibiting its growth and or causing remission of cancer.
- An “effective amount” is an amount of a compound described herein sufficient to contribute to the treatment, prevention, or reduction of a symptom or symptoms of a disease, or to inhibit effects of an amyloid relative to the absence of the compound. Where recited in reference to a disease treatment, an “effective amount” may also be referred to as a “therapeutically effective amount.” A “reduction” of a symptom or symptoms (and grammatical equivalents of this phrase) means decreasing of the severity or frequency of the symptom(s), or elimination of the symptom(s). A “prophylactically effective amount” of a drug is an amount of a drug that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) a disease, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of a disease or its symptoms. The full prophylactic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses. Thus, a prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations. An “activity decreasing amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount of antagonist required to decrease the activity of an enzyme relative to the absence of the antagonist. A “function disrupting amount,” as used herein, refers to the amount of antagonist required to disrupt the function of an osteoclast or leukocyte relative to the absence of the antagonist.
- In one aspect, compounds that associate with an amyloid (or amyloids) and/or an amyloid peptide (or amyloid peptides) are provided. In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (I),
- In Formula I, “EDG” is an electron donor group. “TECE” is a π-conjugation element. “WSG” is a water soluble group.
- In some embodiments, EDG is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —OR2, —NR4C(O)R3, —CONR4R5, —NR4R5, —SR6, or —PR7R8. In some embodiments, EDG is substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, —OR2, —NR4C(O)R3, —CONR4R5, —NR4R5, —SR6, or —PR7R8. In some embodiments, EDG is R1-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —OR2, —NR4C(O)R3, —CONR4R5, —NR4R5, —SR6, or —PR7R8. In some embodiments, EDG is R1-substituted alkyl, R1-substituted cycloalkyl, R1-substituted heteroalkyl, R1-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R1-substituted aryl, R1-substituted heteroaryl, —OR2, —NR4C(O)R3, —CONR4R5, —NR4R5, —SR6, or —PR7R8.
- In some embodiments, R1 is
- halogen, —CN, —OR9, —CONR10R11, —NR10R11, —SR9, —SOR9, —SO2R9, —COR9, —COOR9, —NR10CO R9, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R1 is halogen, —CN, —OR9, —CONR10R11, —NR10R11, —SR9, —SOR9, —SO2R9, —COR9, —COOR9, —NR10CO R9, R12a-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R12a-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R12a-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R12a-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R12a-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R12a-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R1 is halogen, —OR9, —NR10R11, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R1 is —OR9, —NR10R11, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, when R1 is attached to alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl, le includes at least one heteroatom. In some embodiments, R1 includes at least one heteroatom. In some embodiments, R1 is —OR9 or —NR10R11. In some embodiments, R1 is —NR10R11.
- In certain embodiments, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, R12-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted aryl or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are optionally joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are optionally joined together to form R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- In some embodiments, R9, R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R9, R10 and R11 are independently hydrogen, R12-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R10 and R11 are optionally joined together to form an substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R10 and R11 are optionally joined together to form an R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R12 and R12a are independently
- halogen, —CN, —SR13, —SOR13, —SO2R13, —OR13, —NR14R15, —COR15, —COOR15, CONR14R15, —NR14COR15, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R12 and R12a are independently
halogen, —CN, —SR13, —SOR13, —SO2R13, —OR13, —NR14R15, —COR15, —COOR15, CONR14R15, —NR14COR15, R16-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R12 is —OR13, —NR14R15, R16-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. - R13, R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R13, R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen R16-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R13, R14, and R15 are independently hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R13, R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl.
- R16 is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —COOH, —COH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- In some embodiments R12 is —OR13 or —NR14R15. In some embodiments, R12a is —OR13 or —NR14R15. In some embodiments, where R12a forms part of an R1 substituent (e.g. where R1 is an alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl), R12a includes a heteroatom. In some embodiments, where R1 forms part of an R1 substituent (e.g. where R1 is an alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl), R12a is —OR13 or —NR14R15.
- In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen or R12-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, R12-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20(e.g., C1-C10) alkyl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are optionally joined together to form an R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. The R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl can be R12-substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydrofuranyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydrothienyl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl. In some embodiments, R12 is R16-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 (e.g., C1-C10) alkyl or R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. R16 can be unsubstituted C4-C8 heterocycloalkyl.
- In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are joined together to form R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. The R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl can be R12-substituted or unsubstituted purinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolopyridinyl (e.g., 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl), R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted indazolyl (e.g., 1H-indazolyl), or R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolopyrimidinyl (e.g., 7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl). In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are joined together to form R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolopyrimidinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted indazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted benzisoxazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted benzotriazolyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted isoquinolinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted quinazolinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl N-oxide, R12-substituted or unsubstituted furanyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted benzofuranyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted benzothiophenyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted imidazopyridazinyl (e.g., imidazo[1,2b]pyridazinyl). In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are joined together to form R12-substituted or unsubstituted 6,5 fused ring heteroaryl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted 5,6 fused ring heteroaryl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted 5,5 fused ring heteroaryl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted 6,6 fused ring heteroaryl. In other embodiments, R4 and R5 are joined together to form a R12-substituted or unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl having at least 2 (e.g. 2 to 4) ring nitrogens.
- In some embodiments, the pi-conjugation element has the formula: -L1-(A1)q-L2-(A2)r-L3- or -L1-(A1)q-L4-A3-L2-(A2)r-L3-. L1, L2, L3 and L4 are independently a bond or a linking group having the formula:
- In the formula above, the symbol x is an integer from 1 to 50. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 10, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 40. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 3. In some embodiments, x is an integer of 1. R17a and R17b are independently hydrogen,
halogen, —CN, —OR18, —CONR19R20, —NR19R20, —SR18, —SOR18, —SO2R18, —COR18, —COOR18, —NR19COR20, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R17a and R17b are independently hydrogen,
halogen, —CN, —OR18, —CONR19R20, —NR19R20, —SOR18, —SO2R18, —COR18, —COOR18, NR19COR20, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. - A1, A2 and A3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted arylene or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently R17-substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R17-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. The symbols q and r are independently 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, the pi-conjugation element has the formula: -L1-(A1)q-L2-(A2)r-L3-. In certain embodiments, L1 and L3 are bonds, L2 is a linking group (as defined above or below), A1 and A2 are substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, and q and r are 1. In certain embodiments, L1 and L3 are bonds, L2 is a linking group (as defined above or below), A1 and A2 are R17-substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or R17-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, and q and r are 1. In some embodiments, L1, L2 and L3 are bonds, A1 and A2 are R17-substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R17-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, and q is 1 and r is 0.
- In some embodiments, the pi-conjugation element has the formula: -L1-(A1)q-L4-A3-L2-(A2)r-L3-. In some embodiments, L1 and L3 are bonds, L2 and L4 are linking groups (as defined above or below), A1, A2 and A3 are substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, and q and r are 1. In some embodiments, L1 and L3 are bonds, L2 and L4 are linking groups (as defined above or below), A1, A2 and A3 are R17-substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R17-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, and q and r are 1. In some embodiments, the pi-conjugation element is substituted or unsubstituted arylene or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments, the pi-conjugation element is R17-substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R17-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In certain embodiments, the pi-conjugation element is substituted or unsubstituted phenylene or substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene. In certain embodiments, the pi-conjugation element is R17-substituted or unsubstituted phenylene or R17-substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene.
- In certain embodiments, compounds disclosed herein can exhibit increased fluorescence when bound to amyloids. In certain embodiments, the pi-conjugation element is in a planar or substantially planar orientation when bound to an amyloid. In some embodiments, negative charge donated from EDG can enhance the fluorescent properties of the compounds herein and improve detection of amyloids (e.g., a amyloid plaque).
- In some embodiments, a linking group (L1, L2, L3 and L4) has the formula:
- The symbol x is an integer from 1 to 50. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 10, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 40. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 5, 1 to 3, 2 or 1. In some embodiments, x is an integer from 1 to 3. In some embodiments, x is an integer of 1. In some embodiments, L1, L2, L3 and L4 are independently a bond.
- In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently R17-substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or R17-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In certain embodiments, q and r are independently 0 or 1. In some embodiments, q is 1 and r is 0. In some embodiments, q is 0 and r is 1. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted phenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently R17-substituted or unsubstituted phenylene, or R17-substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently R17-substituted or unsubstituted phenylene. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted phenylene. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene. In some embodiments, A1, A2 and A3 are independently R17-substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene.
- In some embodiments, R17 is independently
- halogen, —CN, —OR18, —CONR19R20, —NR19R20, —SOR18, —SO2R18, —COR18, —COOR18, —NR19COR20, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R17 is independently
halogen, —CN, —OR18, —CONR19R20, —NR19R20, —SOR18, —SO2R18, —COR18, —COOR18, —NR19COR20, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R-21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R17 is —OR18, —NR19R20, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R17 is R21-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 (e.g., C1-C10) alkyl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. - R18, R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R18, R19 and R20 are independently hydrogen, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R21 is halogen, —OR22, —NR23R24, halogen, —CN, —OR22, —CONR23R24, —NR23R24, —SR22, —SOR22, —SO2R22, —COR22, —COOR22, —NR23COR24, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R21 can be
- halogen, —OR22, —NR23R24,
halogen, —CN, —OR22, —CONR23R24, —NR23R24, —SR22, —SOR22, —SO2R22, —COR22, —COOR22, NR23 COR24, R21a-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21a-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21a-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21a-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21a-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21a-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R21 a is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —COOH, —COH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted, heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R22, R23 and R24 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R22, R23 and R24 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl. - In some embodiments, the water soluble group is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the water soluble group is substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the water soluble group is R25-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the water soluble group is R25-substituted alkyl, R25-substituted heteroalkyl, R25-substituted cycloalkyl, R25-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R25-substituted aryl, R25-substituted heteroaryl.
- R25 is
- halogen, —CN, —OR26, —CONR27R28, —NR27R28, —SR26, —SOR26, —SO2R26, —COR26, —COOR26, —NR27COR28, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R25 is halogen, —CN, —OR26, —CONR27R28, —NR27R28, —SR26, —SOR26, —SO2R26, —COR26, —COOR26, —NR27COR28, R29-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R26, R27 and R28 are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R26, R27 and R28 are independently hydrogen, R29-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R27 and R28 are optionally joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R27 and R28 are optionally joined together to form a R29-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or a R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R29 is
- halogen, —CN, —OR30, —CONR31R32, —NR31R32, —SR30, —SOR30, —SO2R30, —COR30, —COOR30, —NR31COR32, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R29 is unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R30, R31 and R32 are independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R30, R31 and R32 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R30, R31 and R32 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl.
- In some embodiments, the water soluble group can include a moiety that increases the water solubility of a molecule. In some embodiments, the water soluble group can include a moiety containing a heteroatom (e.g., oxygen). In some embodiments, the heteroatom can be oxygen or nitrogen.
- In some embodiments, the water soluble group is an ethylene glycol moiety having the formula:
- In some embodiments, y is an integer from 1 to 50. In some embodiments, y is an integer from 1 to 10, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 40. In some embodiments, R29 is —OMe.
- In some embodiments, the water soluble group is R29-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 (e.g., C1-C10) alkyl or R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R29 is —OH. In some embodiments, the water soluble group can be —(CH2)b—(CH2OH)—CH2OH, and b is an integer from 0 to 20, or from 0-10.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
- In Formula IIa, q and r are independently 0 or 1, and y is an integer from 1 to 10. L1, L2, L3, A1, A2, R4, R5 and R29 are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
- In Formula IIb, q and r are independently 0 or 1, and y is an integer from 1 to 10. L1, L2, L3, L4, A1, A2, A3, R4, R5 and R29 are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
- In Formula IIIa, m is an integer from 0 to 4, z is an integer from 0 to 4, and y is an integer from 1 to 10. L1, L2, L3, R4, R5, R17 and R29 are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
- In Formula IIIb, m is an integer from 0 to 6, z is an integer from 0 to 6, and y is an integer from 1 to 10. L1, L2, L3, R4, R5, R17 and R29 are as defined above. In some embodiments, m is 0. In some embodiments, z is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, z is 1.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
- In Formula IVa, y is an integer from 1 to 10, and z is an integer from 0 to 4. R4, R5, R17 and R29 are as defined above. In some embodiments, R29 is —OMe.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
- In Formula IVb, y is an integer from 1 to 10, and z is an integer from 0 to 6. R4, R5, R17 and R29 are as defined above. In some embodiments, R29 is —OMe. In some embodiments, m is 0. In some embodiments, z is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, z is 1.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
- In Formula IVc, m is an integer from 0 to 4, x is an integer from 1 to 10, y is an integer from 1 to 10, and z is an integer from 0 to 4. In some embodiments, x is 1, and m and z are 0. R4, R5, R17 and R29 are as defined above. In some embodiments, R29 is —OMe.
- In some embodiments, each substituted group described above in the compounds of the Formulae provided herein is substituted with at least one substituent group. More specifically, in some embodiments, each substituted alkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene described above in the compounds of the Formulae provided herein is substituted with at least one substituent group. In other embodiments, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one size-limited substituent group. Alternatively, at least one or all of these groups are substituted with at least one lower substituent group.
- In other embodiments of the compounds of the Formulae provided herein, each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C4-C8 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene substituted or unsubstituted C4-C8 cycloalkylene, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene.
- Alternatively, each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C5-C7 cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene substituted or unsubstituted C5-C6 cycloalkylene, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkylene.
- In some embodiments, the compounds of the Formulae provided herein are one or more of the compounds set forth in Table 1 below:
- In another aspect, pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein (i.e., formulations) can include a compound described herein in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (e.g., carrier). The pharmaceutical compositions include optical isomers, diastereomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the inhibitors disclosed herein. For example, in some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions include a compound disclosed herein and citrate as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The compound included in the pharmaceutical composition may be covalently attached to a carrier moiety, as described above. Alternatively, the compound included in the pharmaceutical composition is not covalently linked to a carrier moiety.
- A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” as used herein refers to pharmaceutical excipients, for example, pharmaceutically, physiologically, acceptable organic or inorganic carrier substances suitable for enteral or parenteral application that do not deleteriously react with the active agent. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include water, salt solutions (such as Ringer's solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, and carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, and polyvinyl pyrrolidine. Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with the compounds disclosed herein.
- The compounds disclosed herein can be administered alone or can be coadministered to the subject. Coadministration is meant to include simultaneous or sequential administration of the compounds individually or in combination (more than one compound). The preparations can also be combined, when desired, with other active substances (e.g. to reduce metabolic degradation).
- A. Formulations
- The compounds can be prepared and administered in a wide variety of oral, parenteral, and topical dosage forms. Thus, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered by injection (e.g. intravenously, intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously, intraduodenally, or intraperitoneally). Also, the compounds described herein can be administered by inhalation, for example, intranasally. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered transdermally. It is also envisioned that multiple routes of administration (e.g., intramuscular, oral, transdermal) can be used to administer the compounds disclosed herein. Accordingly, pharmaceutical compositions can include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and one or more compounds disclosed herein.
- For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds disclosed herein, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one or more substance that may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
- In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid in a mixture with the finely divided active component. In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
- The powders and tablets preferably contain from 5% to 70% of the active compound. Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like. The term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.
- For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax, such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter, is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.
- Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water/propylene glycol solutions. For parenteral injection, liquid preparations can be formulated in solution in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.
- When parenteral application is needed or desired, particularly suitable admixtures for the compounds disclosed herein are injectable, sterile solutions, preferably oily or aqueous solutions, as well as suspensions, emulsions, or implants, including suppositories. In particular, carriers for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of dextrose, saline, pure water, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, peanut oil, sesame oil, polyoxyethylene-block polymers, and the like. Ampoules are convenient unit dosages. The compounds disclosed herein can also be incorporated into liposomes or administered via transdermal pumps or patches. Pharmaceutical admixtures suitable for use herein include those described, for example, in Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th Ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa.) and WO 96/05309, the teachings of both of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- Aqueous solutions suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents as desired. Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
- Also included are solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
- The pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
- The quantity of active component in a unit dose preparation may be varied or adjusted from 0.1 mg to 10000 mg, more typically 1.0 mg to 1000 mg, most typically 10 mg to 500 mg, according to the particular application and the potency of the active component. The composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
- Some compounds may have limited solubility in water and therefore may require a surfactant or other appropriate co-solvent in the composition. Such co-solvents include:
20, 60, and 80; Pluronic F-68, F-84, and P-103; cyclodextrin; and polyoxyl 35 castor oil. Such co-solvents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.Polysorbate - Viscosity greater than that of simple aqueous solutions may be desirable to decrease variability in dispensing the formulations, to decrease physical separation of components of a suspension or emulsion of formulation, and/or otherwise to improve the formulation. Such viscosity building agents include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl cellulose, chondroitin sulfate and salts thereof, hyaluronic acid and salts thereof, and combinations of the foregoing. Such agents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.
- The compositions disclosed herein may additionally include components to provide sustained release and/or comfort. Such components include high molecular weight, anionic mucomimetic polymers, gelling polysaccharides, and finely-divided drug carrier substrates. These components are discussed in greater detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,920; 5,403,841; 5,212,162; and 4,861,760. The entire contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- B. Effective Dosages
- Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein include compositions in which the active ingredient is contained in a therapeutically effective amount, i.e., in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. The actual amount effective for a particular application will depend, inter alia, on the condition being treated. For example, when administered in methods to treat cancer, such compositions will contain an amount of active ingredient effective to achieve the desired result (e.g. decreasing the number of cancer cells in a subject).
- The dosage and frequency (single or multiple doses) of compound administered can vary depending upon a variety of factors, including route of administration; size, age, sex, health, body weight, body mass index, and diet of the recipient; nature and extent of symptoms of the disease being treated; presence of other diseases or other health-related problems; kind of concurrent treatment; and complications from any disease or treatment regimen. Other therapeutic regimens or agents can be used in conjunction with the methods and compounds disclosed herein.
- For any compound described herein, the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from cell culture assays, as known in the art.
- Therapeutically effective amounts for use in humans may be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve a concentration that has been found to be effective in animals.
- Dosages may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the compound being employed. The dose administered to a patient should be sufficient to affect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. In one embodiment, the dosage range is 0.001% to 10% w/v. In another embodiment, the dosage range is 0.1% to 5% w/v.
- Dosage amounts and intervals can be adjusted individually to provide levels of the administered compound effective for the particular clinical indication being treated. This will provide a therapeutic regimen that is commensurate with the severity of the individual's disease state.
- Utilizing the teachings provided herein, an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen can be planned that does not cause substantial toxicity and yet is entirely effective to treat the clinical symptoms demonstrated by the particular patient. This planning should involve the careful choice of active compound by considering factors such as compound potency, relative bioavailability, patient body weight, presence and severity of adverse side effects, preferred mode of administration, and the toxicity profile of the selected agent.
- C. Toxicity
- The ratio between toxicity and therapeutic effect for a particular compound is its therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio between LD50 (the amount of compound lethal in 50% of the population) and ED50 (the amount of compound effective in 50% of the population). Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. Therapeutic index data obtained from cell culture assays and/or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosages for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds preferably lies within a range of plasma concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. See, e.g. Fingl et al., In: T
HE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS , Ch. 1, p. 1, 1975. The exact formulation, route of administration, and dosage can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition and the particular method in which the compound is used. - In one aspect, there is provided methods of detecting an amyloid peptide and/or amyloid. The methods of detection can employ spectroscopic (i.e., UV-visible, fluorescence, and the like), radiographic, and other detection methods known in the art. In one embodiment, the methods includes contacting a compound as described herein with an amyloid, thereby forming a detectable amyloid complex, and detecting the detectable amyloid complex, as described herein and known in the art. An “amyloid complex” is referred to herein as a complex of a compound described herein and at least one amyloid peptide (e.g., an aggregate of amyloid peptides). The compounds described herein can form a complex with an amyloid by a variety of interactions, such as non-covalent interactions (e.g., hydrophobic interactions or hydrogen bonding).
- Amyloids described herein can be composed of at least one amyloid peptide molecule. An amyloid peptide is referred to herein as a peptide or protein that can forms part of or is capable of forming an amyloid in association with other peptides or proteins. Amyloids described herein can be composed of any amyloid peptide or amyloid protein that is known to form amyloids. In some embodiments, amyloids include a plurality of amyloid peptides and/or amyloid peptide molecules. In some embodiments, an amyloid includes an amyloid peptide molecule aggregated with one or more amyloid peptide molecules.
- In some embodiments, the amyloid peptides can include Aβ peptide, prion protein, a-synuclein, or superoxide dismutase. In some embodiments, the amyloid peptides can include a portion of or functional fragment thereof of Aβ peptide, prion protein, a-synuclein, or superoxide dismutase. In some embodiments, an amyloid peptide and/or amyloid can be solvated in solution and bound to one or more of the compounds described herein. In some embodiments, the amyloids include amyloid peptides that are arranged in β-sheets that can allow for binding of the compounds described herein. In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein exhibit increased fluorescence (as compared to free solution) when bound and interacting with amyloids via hydrophobic interactions.
- In another aspect, the methods provided herein include methods of assaying the compounds herein to detect binding of the compounds to amyloids and/or amyloid peptides. Using techniques known in the art and the guidance provided herein, candidate compounds may be easily assayed for their ability to bind to amyloids. For example, amyloid binding agents having the structure of the Formulae provided herein or embodiments thereof may be assayed using in vitro assays. In some embodiments, in vitro assays can include measuring fluorescence of the compounds herein when they are bound to amyloids versus in free solution not bound to the amyloids. Generally, an increase in fluorescence indicates binding to an amyloid. Binding constants for the compounds herein can also be determined using techniques known in the art. For example, competitive binding studies can be used to determine the effectiveness of the compounds described herein for inhibiting, e.g., IgG-Aβ peptide interactions. Cellular assays may also be used to assess the binding properties of candidate amyloid binding agents having the structure of the Formulae provided herein or embodiments thereof. Cellular assays include cells from any appropriate source, including plant and animal cells (such as mammalian cells). The cellular assays may also be conducted in human cells. The selection of appropriate assay methods is well within the capabilities of those having ordinary skill in the art.
- Once compounds are identified that are capable of binding amyloids in vitro and/or in a cell, the compounds may be further tested for their ability to selectively bind amyloid (e.g., in amyloid plaques) in animal models (e.g. whole animals, animal organs, or animal tissues). Thus, the compounds described herein may be further tested in cell models or animal models for their ability to cause detectable changes in phenotype related to a particular amyloid peptide and/or amyloid. In addition to cell cultures, animal models may be used to test the compounds described herein for their ability to treat, for example, diseases associated with amyloids in an animal model. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein can be used to image amyloids in animal tissue. In some embodiments, the animal tissue is human tissue.
- In a further aspect, there is provided a method of treating a disease associated with amyloid peptides and/or amyloids in a subject in need of such treatment. In some embodiments, the disease can be characterized by an accumulation of amyloids (e.g., amyloid plaques) in a subject. The methods can include administering to the subject an effective amount (e.g. a therapeutically effective amount) of a compound having the structure of the Formulae provided herein (or an embodiment thereof as described above).
- The term “subject” as used herein refers to a mammal to which a pharmaceutical composition or formulation is administered. Exemplary subjects include humans, as well as veterinary and laboratory animals such as horses, pigs, cattle, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, and aquatic mammals. In some embodiments, the subject is a human.
- In some embodiments, the disease can include Alzheimer's disease, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Down's Syndrome, Dementia with Lewy Body, or Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS). In some embodiments, the amyloid peptide is Aβ peptide and the disease is Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the methods of treating described herein include a method of treating Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the methods of treating described herein include a method of treating Parkinson's disease.
- Each patent, published patent application, and reference cited herein is hereby incorporated herein in its entirety and for all purposes.
- General Procedure for the Preparation of Compounds Described Herein and in Examples 1a-1m.
- To a round bottom flask containing a solution of aldehyde (5.0 mmol) and 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy) ethoxy)ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (5.5 mmol) in 20 ml of THF was added 0.50 mmol of piperidine and the mixture was heated at 50° C. The reaction was monitored by TLC and was completed within 21 hours. The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the product was purified via flash chromatography (10-30% ethyl acetate in hexane).
- General Notes:
- All the reagents were obtained (Aldrich, Acros) at highest commercial quality and used without further purification except where noted. Air- and moisture-sensitive liquids and solutions were transferred via syringe or stainless steel cannula. Organic solutions were concentrated by rotary evaporation below 45° C. at approximately 20 mmHg. All non-aqueous reactions were carried out under anhydrous conditions. Yields refer to chromatographically and spectroscopically (1H NMR, 13C NMR) homogeneous materials, unless otherwise stated. Reactions were monitored by thin-layer chromatography (TLC) carried out on 0.25 mm E. Merck silica gel plates (60F-254) and visualized under UV light and/or developed by dipping in solutions of 10% ethanolic phosphomolybdic acid (PMA) or p-anisaldehyde and applying heat. E. Merck silica gel (60, particle size 0.040-0.063 mm) was used for flash chromatography. Preparative thin-layer chromatography separations were carried out on 0.25 or 0.50 mm E. Merck silica gel plates (60F-254). NMR spectra were recorded on
300 or 400 MHz instruments and calibrated using the residual undeuterated solvent as an internal reference. The following abbreviations were used to explain the multiplicities: s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet, b=broad. High resolution mass spectra (HRMS) were recorded on a VG 7070 HS mass spectrometer under electron spray ionization (ESI) or electron impact (EI) conditions. Fluorescence spectroscopy data were recorded on a MD-5020 Photon Technology International Spectrophotometer at 25° C.Varian Mercury - Important to the synthesis of compounds described herein was a Knoevenagel condensation of 1 equivalent of the appropriate aldehyde, e.g. 6, with 1.1 equivalents of the appropriate malonic acid derivative, e.g. 7. See
Scheme 1. This reaction was catalyzed by piperidine (10%) and was completed within 21 hours in refluxing THF. See X. H. Chen, Z. J. Zhao, Y. Liu, P. Lu, Y. G. Wang, Chemistry Letters 2008, 37:570-571; M. A. Haidekker, T. P. Brady, D. Lichlyter, E. A. Theodorakis, Journal of the American Chemical Society 2006, 128:398-399. After a standard chromatographic purification on silica gel, the desiredproduct 8 was isolated in excellent yields (Table 2). Reagents and conditions for Scheme 1: (a) 1.0equiv 6, 1.1equiv 7, 0.1 equiv piperidine, THF, 50° C., 21 h. -
TABLE 2 Structures and yields for Cmpds 8a-8d.Comp. Yield No R4 R5 (%) 8a Me H 98 8b Me OMe 98 8c Et H 90 8d nBu H 78 - Naphthalene-based
Cmpd 11 was synthesized by treatment of commercially available methoxy naphthaldehyde 9 with eight equivalents of lithiated piperidine and Knoevenagel condensation of the resultingaldehyde 10 with cyano ester 7 (Scheme 2, 29% combined yield). See H. M. Guo, F. Tanaka, J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74:2417-2424.Scheme 2 reagents and conditions: (a) 8.0 equiv piperidine in benzene/HMPA: 1/1, 0° C., 8.0 equiv nBuLi, 0° C., 15 min, then 1.0 9, 25° C., 12 h, 35%; (b) 1.0equiv equiv 10, 1.1equiv 7, 0.1 equiv piperidine, THF, 50° C., 21 h, 82%. In some embodiments, R4, R5 and R16 can correspond to the R4, R5 and R16 described above. -
Cmpd 14 was prepared by condensation of aldehyde 6a with α-cyano ester 12, followed by an acid-catalyzed deprotection of the acetonide unit (Scheme 3, 68% combined yield). See M. A. Haidekker, T. P. Brady, S. H. Chalian, W. Akers, D. Lichlyter, E. A. Theodorakis, Bioorg. Chem. 2004, 32:274-289.Scheme 3 reagents and conditions: (a) 1.0 equiv 6a, 1.1 equiv 12, 0.1 equiv piperidine, THF, 50° C., 21 h, 91%; (b) 1.5 mmol 13, 0.10 g DOWEX-H+,1:1 THF/MeOH, 25° C., 20 h, 75%. - Stilbene-based
Cmpd 19 was synthesized in four steps that included: (a) conversion ofbenzyl bromide 15 to phosphonate 16; (b) Horner-Emmons olefination of 16 with aldehyde 6a to form 17; (c) lithiation of bromide 17 and formylation to produce aldehyde 18; and (d) Knoevenagel condensation of the resulting aldehyde 18 with cyano ester 7 (Scheme 4, 42% combined yield). See H. Meier, E. Karpuk, H. C. Holst, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2006, 2609-2617; L. Viau, O. Maury, H. Le Bozec, Tetrahedron Lett. 2004, 45:125-128.Scheme 4 reagents and conditions: (a) 1.0 15, 15 equiv triethyl phosphite, 90° C., 19 h, 98%; (b) 1.0 equiv 16, 1.0 equiv NaOMe, 1.0 equiv 6a, excess DMF, 25° C., 24 h, 74%; (c) 1.0 equiv 17, 1.0 equiv n-BuLi, 1.33 equiv DMF, THF, 78° C., 60%; (d) 1.0 equiv 18, 1.1equiv equiv 7, 0.1 equiv piperidine, THF, 50° C., 21 h, 97%. R1 and R2 inScheme 4 are specific forScheme 4 and are not intended to correspond to R1 and R2 described above. - 98%; yellow solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 6.69 (d, 2H, J=9.1 Hz), 4.41 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 6H), 3.56-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 164.2, 154.7, 153.6, 134.1, 119.3, 117.4, 111.4, 93.6, 71.9, 70.8, 70.6, 70.5, 68.9, 65.0, 59.0, 40.0; HRMS Calc for C19H26N2O5(M)+ 362.1836 found 362.1841.
- 98% yield; yellow solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H, J=9.2 Hz), 6.63 (dd, 1H, J=2.3 Hz, J=9.2 Hz), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.40 (m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 6H), 3.56-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 165.0, 162.2, 155.9, 148.5, 131.3, 118.4, 109.7, 105.4, 93.0, 92.0, 72.2, 71.1, 70.9, 70.8, 69.2, 65.1, 59.3, 55.6, 40.4; HRMS Calc for C20H28N2O6(M+Na)+ 415.1840 found 415.1836.
- 90% yield; orange liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H, J=9.1 Hz), 6.67 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 4.42 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.57-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.45 (q, 4H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.37 (s, 3H), 1.23 (t, 6H, J=7.1 Hz); 13CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 164.7, 154.8, 151.9, 134.8, 119.0, 117.8, 111.4, 93.0, 72.2, 71.1, 70.9, 70.8, 69.2, 65.2, 59.3, 45.0, 12.8; HRMS Calc for C21H30N2O5(M+Na)+ 413.2047 found 413.2053.
- 78% yield; yellow liquid; 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 6.60 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 4.38 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.53-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.30 (m, 7H), 1.57 (m, 4H), 1.34 (m, 4H), 0.94 (t, 6H, J=7.3 Hz); 13CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 164.7, 154.7, 152.2, 134.6, 118.9, 117.9, 111.5, 92.8, 72.1, 71.0, 70.8, 69.1, 65.2, 59.2, 51.1, 29.5, 20.4, 14.1; HRMS Calc for C25H38N2O5 (M+Na)+469.2673 found 469.2677.
- To a 50 ml round bottom flask containing benzene (3 mL), HMPA (3 mL) and piperidine (1.65 ml, 16.7 mmol) n-BuLi (1.6 M in hexane, 10.4 mL, 16.7 mmol) was added via syringe, at 0° C. After stirring for 15 min, the reaction mixture was treated with a solution of 6-methoxy-2-naphthaldehyde (390 mg, 2.09 mmol) in benzene: HMPA 1:1 (2 ml). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, left stirring for 12 hours and then it was poured into cold 5% aqueous NaCl (30 ml). The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (3×20 mL), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The product was purified via flash chromatography (20% EtOAc in hexanes) to give
compound 9. 9: 35% yield, yellow solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.02 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.32 (dd, 1H, J=2.5 Hz, J=9.1 Hz), 7.08 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 3.42-3.32 (m, 4H), 1.85-1.57 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 192.2, 152.2, 138.8, 134.7, 131.6, 130.7, 127.5, 126.5, 123.6, 119.7, 109.0, 49.8, 25.8, 24.6; HRMS calc for C16H17NO (M+H)+ 240.1383 found 240.1387. - 82% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 8.10 (dd, 1H, J=1.8 Hz, J=8.8 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1H, J=9.2 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.29 (dd, 1H, J=2.4 Hz, J=9.2 Hz), 7.05 (d, 1H, J=2.2 Hz), 4.47 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.66 (m, 6H), 3.57-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.38 (m, 4H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.67 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.4, 155.5, 151.9, 137.8, 134.7, 130.6, 127.3, 126.4, 126.0, 125.7, 119.3, 116.4, 108.4, 98.7, 71.9, 70.8, 70.6, 70.5, 68.8, 65.4, 59.0, 49.4, 25.5, 24.3; HRMS Calc for C26H32N2O5(M+H)+ 453.2384 found 453.2390.
- To a solution of 2-cyanoacetic acid (1.02 g, 12 mmol), the acetal (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methanol (1.32 g, 10 mmol) in 5 ml of DCM and DMAP (61 mg, 0.50 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. Finally, EDC 1.86 g (12 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 6 hours. The reaction was diluted with 15 mL of DCM and the formed DCU was filtered off. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc; 10:1) to give compound 12. 12: 71% yield; colorless liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.34-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.07 (dd, 1H, J=6.5 Hz, J=8.5 Hz), 3.75 (dd, 1H, J=5.8 Hz, J=8.5 Hz), 3.51 (s, 2H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H); HRMS Calc for C9H13NO4(M+H)+ 200.0923 found 200.0931.
- To a round bottom flask containing a solution of aldehyde 6a (0.75 g, 5.0 mmol) and compound 12 (1.2 g, 5.5 mmol) in 20 ml of THF was added 0.50 mmol of piperidine and the mixture was heated at 50° C. The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the product was purified via flash chromatography (10-30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give compound 13. 13: 91% yield; yellow solid; 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 6.69 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 4.42-4.29 (m, 3H), 4.13 (dd, 1H, J=6.2 Hz, J=8.6 Hz), 3.89 (dd, 1H, J=5.9 Hz, J=8.5 Hz), 3.11 (s, 6H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H); 13CNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 164.3, 155.3, 153.9, 134.5, 119.5, 117.5, 111.7, 110.1, 93.3, 73.7, 66.7, 65.6, 40.3, 26.9, 25.7; HRMS Calc for C18H22N2O4(M+H)+ 331.1658 found 331.1691.
- Compound 13 (0.5 g, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF/MeOH (1:1) and DOWEX-H+ resin (0.10 g) was added and the heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 20 hours. The DOWEX-H+ resin was removed by filtration and triethylamine (50 mg, 0.5 mmol) was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (100% ether) to give
compound 14. 14: 75% yield; bright yellow solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H, J=9.1 Hz), 6.69 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 4.42-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 199.0, 164.8, 155.5, 154.0, 134.6, 119.4, 117.9, 111.8, 111.7, 92.8, 70.3, 70.2, 66.9, 66.8, 63.6, 63.5, 40.3, 40.2; HRMS Calc for C15H18N2O4 (M+H)+ 291.1345 Found 291.1361. - 1-bromo-4-(bromomethyl) benzene (5.0 g, 20 mmol) and triethyl phosphite (51 mL, 300 mmol) were mixed in a round bottom flask and refluxed at 90° C. for 19 hours. Excess triethyl phosphite was removed under reduced pressure and the product purified by flash chromatography (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give compound 16. 16: 98% yield; colorless liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.30 (d, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.05 (d, 2H, J=7.6 Hz), 3.99-3.88 (m, 4H), 2.99 (s, 1H), 2.94 (s, 1H), 1.12 (t, 6H, J=6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 131.7, 131.6, 131.5, 121.0, 62.3, 34.0, 32.0, 16.5; HRMS Calc for C11H16BrO3P (M+H)+ 307.0097 found 307.0093.
- DMF (anhydrous) (10.5 mL) was added to sodium methoxide (176 mg, 3.26 mmol) and the color was changed to pink. To the above solution diethyl 4-bromobenzylphosphonate (1.0 g, 3.26 mmol) in DMF (6.5 ml) was added dropwise over 2 minutes, followed by 4 (dimethylamino)benzaldehyde (486 mg, 3.26 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Deionized water (17 mL) was added. The product was filtered out through vacuum filtration and recrystallized with DCM/hexane to give compound 17. 17: 74%. Yield; tan solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.47-7.32 (m, 6H), 7.04 (d, 1H, J=12.5 Hz), 6.83 (d, 1H, J=16.3 Hz), 6.71 (d, 2H, J=8.9 Hz), 2.99 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 150.5, 137.4, 136.1, 132.1, 131.8, 129.7, 128.3, 128.2, 127.9, 127.7, 125.5, 123.2, 120.3, 112.6, 40.7; HRMS Calc for C16H16BrN 302.0541 found 302.0539.
- To a round bottom flask compound 17 (300 mg, 1 mmol) was transferred followed by THF (5 mL). The heterogeneous solution was cooled at −78° C. and n-BuLi (1.6M in hexane, 1 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min, followed by DMF (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 hours then it was quenched by water (1 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ether (2×25 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 18. 18: 60% yield; yellow powder; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.96 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.44 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.22 (d, 1H, J=16.2 Hz), 6.94 (d, 1H, J=16.2 Hz), 6.72 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 3.01 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 191.8, 150.8, 144.7, 134.7, 134.6, 132.7, 130.4, 128.4, 126.4, 124.9, 122.8, 112.4, 40.5; HRMS calc for C17H17NO 252.1384 found 252.1383.
- 97% yield; red solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.57 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.45 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.20 (d, 1H, J=16.2 Hz), 6.92 (d, 1H, J=16.2 Hz), 6.72 (d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 4.47 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.66 (m, 4H), 3.57-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 154.9, 133.0, 132.2, 128.6, 128.5, 126.7, 122.7, 112.4, 72.2, 71.1, 70.8, 69.0, 65.8, 59.3, 40.6, 40.5, 29.9, 28.2; HRMS calc for C27H32N2O5(M+Na)+ 487.2203 found 487.2201.
- Results of analysis of compounds described herein are provided in Examples 2a-2o following.
- General Notes.
- All reagents were purchased at highest commercial quality and used without further purification except where noted. Air- and moisture-sensitive liquids and solutions were transferred via syringe or stainless steel cannula. Organic solutions were concentrated by rotary evaporation below 45° C. at approximately 20 mmHg. All non-aqueous reactions were carried out under anhydrous conditions. Yields refer to chromatographically and spectroscopically (1H NMR, 13C NMR) homogeneous materials, unless otherwise stated. Reactions were monitored by thin-layer chromatography (TLC) carried out on 0.25 mm Dynamic Adsorbents, Inc. silica gel plates (60E-254) and visualized under UV light and/or developed by dipping in solutions of 10% ethanolic phosphomolybdic acid (PMA) and applying heat. Dynamic Adsorbents, Inc. silica gel (60, particle size 0.040-0.063 mm) was used for flash chromatography. NMR spectra were recorded on the
400, 300 and/orVarian Mercury Unity 500 MHz instruments and calibrated using the residual non-deuterated solvent as an internal reference. The following abbreviations were used to explain the multiplicities: s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet, b=broad. High resolution mass spectra (HRMS) were recorded on a VG 7070 HS mass spectrometer under electron spray ionization (ESI) or electron impact (EI) conditions. - A general strategy for the synthesis of compounds described herein including compounds 27-33 is depicted in
scheme 5. Commercially available methyl 6-bromo naphthalene-2-carboxylate (20) was converted to the corresponded naphthaldehyde 21 in two steps: a) reduction of the ester to the primary alcohol by using DIBALH and b) oxidation of the alcohol to the aldehyde after treatment with PCC. Granzhan, A.; Teulade-Fichou, M.-P., Tetrahedron 2009, 65, (7), 1349-1360. The transformation of the bromide to the appropriate amine demanded the use of novel chemistry to improve the yield and apply the method in bigger scale. Treatment of bromide 21 in the presence of palladium using Buchwald and Hartwig conditions resulted aldehydes 22-25 in excellent yield for most cases. Guram, A. S.; Rennels, R. A.; Buchwald, S. L., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1995, 34, (12), 1348-1350; Wolfe, J. P.; Buchwald, S. L., J. Org. Chem. 2000, 65, (4), 1144-1157; Hartwig, J. F., Accounts Chem. Res. 2008, 41, (11), 1534-1544. Knovenagel condensation of aldehydes 22-25 and the appropriate cyanoester 26 concluded the synthesis of the final probes 27-32. Sutharsan, J.; Lichlyter, D.; Wright, N. E.; Dakanali, M.; Haidekker, M. A.; Theodorakis, E. A., Tetrahedron 2010, 66, (14), 2582-2588. Deprotection of the acetal in probe 32 by using acidic resin, yielded the final dye 33. Table 3 summarizes the R, X combinations of the final products and the condensation yields. - To a solution of DIBAL-H (1.0 M in heptane, 34 mL, 34 mmol) at 0° C. under argon, a solution of 20 (3.0 gr, 11 mmol) in anhydrous THF was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and left stirring overnight. Upon completion, MeOH was added, followed by a saturated sodium potassium tartrate solution and ethylacetate. After the two phases were separated, the organic phase was washed with saturated solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 6-bromo-2-(hydroxymethyl)naphthalene. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.99 (bs, 1H), 7.77 (bs, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.69 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.55 (dd, 1H, J=1.7 Hz, J=8.7 Hz), 7.49 (dd, 1H, J=1.7 Hz, J=8.5 Hz), 4.84 (bs, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 138.8, 133.9, 131.7, 129.7, 129.5, 129.5, 127.4, 126.1, 125.2, 119.8, 65.2.
- To a suspension of pyridinium chlorochromate (2.4 gr, 11 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (60 mL) was added a solution of the above alcohol in anh. CH2Cl2 and the reaction was heated under reflux for 5 hours. Upon completion, it was cooled to room temperature and poured into diethyl ether. The solution was then filtered through a pad of silica and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 21 (2.4 gr, 95%). 20: white solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.15 (s, 1H), 8.31 (bs, 1H), 8.08 (bs, 1H), 7.98 (dd, 1H, J=1.5 Hz, J=8.5 Hz), 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.67 (dd, 1H, J=1.5 Hz, J=8.5 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 191.8, 137.3, 134.3, 134.1, 131.0, 131.0, 130.6, 130.2, 128.2, 124.0, 123.
- General procedure for the synthesis of 6-amino-substituted naphtaldehydes (Cmpds 22-25).
- In dry and degassed toluene (0.8 mL), were added Pd(OAc)2 (0.022 mmol) and P(tBu)3 (0.078 mmol) After stirring for 20 min, 8 (0.207 mmol), the appropriate amine (0.249 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (0.280 mmol) were added and the reaction left stirring for three days under reflux. After three days, the reaction was cooled at room temperature, diluted with CH2Cl2, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel flash chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc 0-10%).
- 70% yield, yellow solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.03 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz) 7.32 (dd, 1H, J=2.4 Hz, J=9.1 Hz), 7.08 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 3.38 (m, 4H), 1.78-1.63 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 191.9, 151.9, 138.5, 134.4, 131.3, 130.4, 127.2, 126.3, 123.4, 119.5, 108.8, 49.6, 25.5, 24.3; HRMS Calc for C16H18NO (M+H)+ 240.1383 found 240.1381.
- 79% yield, yellow solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.06 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 2H), 7.73 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 3.92 (m, 4H), 3.36 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 191.9, 151.3, 138.1, 134.2, 131.8, 130.6, 127.5, 127.0, 123.6, 118.7, 109.0, 66.7, 48.5; HRMS Calc for C15H15NO2Na (M+Na)+ 264.0995 found 264.0996.
- 77% yield, yellow solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.00 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.66 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.28 (dd, 1H, J=2.1 Hz, J=9.2 Hz), 7.06 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 3.36 (m, 4H), 2.57 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 191.5, 151.0, 138.0, 134.0, 131.3, 130.2, 127.1, 126.4, 123.1, 118.7, 108.7, 54.5, 47.8, 45.7; HRMS Calc for C16H19N2O (M+H)+ 255.1492 found 255.1491.
- 33% yield, yellow solid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.01 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.83 (dd, 1H, J=1.6 Hz, J=8.6 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1H, J=8.9 Hz), 7.64 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J=2.3 Hz, J=8.9 Hz), 6.79 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 4.88 (bs, 1H), 3.75 (m, 4H), 3.31 (dd, 2H, J=5.1 Hz, J=11.1 Hz), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.51 (bs, 4H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 191.9, 148.8, 139.1, 134.6, 130.8, 130.7, 126.6, 126.0, 123.8, 118.7, 103.8, 66.9, 56.7, 53.3, 39.3; HRMS Calc for C17H21N2O2 (M+H)+ 285.1598 found 285.1600.
- General Procedure for the Synthesis of 2-cyanoacetates (26).
- To a solution of 2-cyanoacetic acid (2.72 mmol), the appropriate alcohol (2.27 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2.5 mL) and DMAP (0.013 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. Finally, DCC (2.72 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 6 hours. The reaction was diluted with CH2Cl2 and the formed DCU was filtered off. The filtrate was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel flash chromatography to yield 2-
cyanoacetate 7. - 86% yield; colorless liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.67, (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 6H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.32 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.0, 113.0, 71.7, 70.4, 70.3, 68.3, 65.5, 58.8, 24.5; HRMS: calcd. for C10H17NO5: (M+H+) 232.1185, found 232.1199.
- 68% yield; colorless liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.21 (bs, 2H), 3.61 (bs, 2H), 3.51 (m, 12H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.24 (bs, 3H)13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.0, 113.0, 71.4, 70.2, 70.1, 70.1, 70.0, 68.1, 65.3, 58.5, 24.2;
- 71% yield; colorless liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.76 (dd, 1H, J=5.8 Hz, J=8.6 Hz), 3.52 (s, 2H), 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 162.8, 112.7, 110.1, 73.0, 66.8, 65.9, 26.6, 25.2, 24.6; HRMS Calc for C9H13NO4 (M+H)+ 200.0923 found 200.0931.
- General Procedure for the Synthesis of Fluorescent Probes 27-33.
- To a round bottom flask containing a solution of aldehyde (0.21 mmol) and the appropriate 2-cyanoacetate (0.23 mmol) in THF (0.8 mL), piperidine (0.02 mmol) was added and the mixture left stirring at 50° C. The reaction was monitored by TLC and was completed within 21 hours. The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the product was purified via flash column chromatography (10-30% EtOAc in hexanes).
- 90% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.22 (bs, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1H, J=9.2 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.30 (dd, 1H, J=2.1 Hz, J=9.2 Hz), 7.05 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 4.47 (m, 2H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.66 (m, 6H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.38 (m, 4H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 1.74 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.3, 155.4, 151.9, 137.7, 134.7, 130.6, 127.2, 126.4, 125.9, 125.6, 119.2, 116.4, 108.3, 71.8, 70.7, 70.5, 70.5, 68.7, 65.3, 58.9, 49.3, 25.4, 24.3; HRMS Calc for C26H32N2O5Na (M+Na)+ 475.2203 found 475.2197.
- 85% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.78 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 7.67 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.29 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 7.06 (s, 1H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 3.55 (m, 2H) 3.42 (bs, 4H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.61 (bs, 4H), 2.37 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.2, 155.4, 151.4, 137.5, 134.5, 130.6, 127.4, 126.9, 126.1, 126.1, 119.0, 116.2, 108.7, 99.3, 71.9, 70.8, 70.6, 70.5, 68.8, 65.4, 59.0, 54.8, 48.0, 46.1; HRMS Calc for C26H34N3O5 (M+H)+ 468.2493 found 468.2494.
- 83% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, 1H, J=1.9 Hz, J=8.8 Hz), 7.80 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 7.69 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H, J=1.9 Hz), 4.47 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 4H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 6H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 7H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.0, 155.2, 151.3, 137.2, 134.4, 130.6, 127.4, 127.0, 126.1, 126.0, 118.5, 116.1, 108.5, 99.4, 71.8, 70.7, 70.5, 70.4, 68.6, 66.5, 65.3, 58.9, 48.2; HRMS Calc for C25H30N2O6Na (M+Na)+ 477.1996 found 477.1995.
- 87% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H, J=1.6 Hz), 8.08 (dd, 1H, J=1.9 Hz, J=8.8 Hz), 7.69 (d, 1H, J=8.9 Hz), 7.60 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 6.95 (dd, 1H, J=2.3 Hz, J=8.8 Hz), 6.74 (d, 1H, J=2.2 Hz), 4.96 (bs, 1H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 6H), 3.69-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.57-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 4H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.4, 155.5, 149.0, 138.3, 135.0, 130.9, 126.6, 126.3, 126.2, 124.9, 118.9, 116.5, 103.6, 98.2, 71.9, 70.8, 70.6, 70.5, 68.8, 66.9, 65.3, 59.0, 56.6, 53.2, 39.2; HRMS Calc for C27H36N3O6 (M+H)+ 498.2599 found 498.2596.
- 89% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.66 (d, 1H, J=9.0 Hz), 7.55 (d, 1H, J=9.0 Hz), 7.20 (d, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.95 (s, 1H), 4.39 (bs, 2H), 3.75 (bs, 2H), 3.65-3.54 (m, 10H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.31 (bs, 4H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.65-1.54 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.2, 155.3, 151.8, 137.6, 134.6, 130.5, 127.1, 126.3, 125.8, 125.5, 119.1, 116.3, 108.2, 98.4, 71.7, 70.6, 70.4, 70.3, 68.6, 65.3, 58.8, 49.2, 25.3, 24.2; HRMS Calc for C28H36N2O6Na (M+Na)+ 519.2466 found 519.2468.
- 83% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H, J=1.9 Hz, J=8.8 Hz), 7.74 (d, 1H, J=9.3 Hz), 7.63 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.28 (dd, 1H, J=2.8 Hz, J=9.3 Hz), 7.03 (d, 1H, J=1.9 Hz), 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.36 (m, 2H), 4.14 (dd, 1H, J=6.0 Hz, J=8.5 Hz), 3.90 (dd, 1H, J=6.0 Hz, J=8.5 Hz), 3.40 (m, 4H), 1.73-1.66 (m, 6H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 162.9, 155.4, 151.5, 137.6, 134.6, 130.5, 127.0, 126.2, 125.6, 125.3, 119.0, 116.1, 109.6, 108.2, 98.0, 73.1, 65.9, 65.6, 57.1, 49.1, 45.5, 29.4, 26.4, 25.2, 24.0; MS (M+H)+ 421.24.
- Compound 31 (50 mgr, 0.12 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF/MeOH (1:1) and DOWEX-H+ resin (15 mgr) was added and the heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 20 hours. The resin was removed by filtration and triethylamine was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give compound 32. 32: 38 mgr, 84% yield; red liquid; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.74 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 7.63 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 4.46-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.81 (dd, 1H, J=5.5 Hz, J=11.3 Hz), 3.73 (dd, 1H, J=5.5 Hz, J=11.3 Hz), 3.41 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.67 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.6, 156.0, 152.0, 137.9, 135.0, 130.7, 127.3, 126.3, 125.9, 125.5, 119.2, 116.6, 108.3, 97.8, 69.9, 67.0, 63.2, 49.3, 25.5, 24.3; HRMS Calc for C22H25N2O4 (M+H)+ 381.1809 found 381.1802.
- Studies for
Compounds 8a-8d, 11, 14 and 18. An initial study to determine whether a compound can associate with aggregated Aβ is to compare its fluorescence spectra before and after mixing with the Aβ aggregates. See E. E. Nesterov, J. Skoch, B. T. Hyman, W. E. Klunk, B. J. Bacskai, T. M. Swager, Angew. Chem. Int. Edit. 2005, 44:5452-5456; Z. P. Zhuang, M. P. Kung, H. F. Kung, J. Med. Chem. 2006, 49:2841-2844; Q. A. Li, J. S. Lee, C. Ha, C. B. Park, G. Yang, W. B. Gan, Y. T. Chang, Angew. Chem. Int. Edit. 2004, 43:6331-6335; H. F. Kung, C. W. Lee, Z. P. Zhuang, M. P. Kung, C. Hou, K. Plossl, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2001, 123:12740-12741. Typically, a fluorescent amyloid-binding agent displays a significant fluorescence intensity increase after binding to Aβ aggregates as compared to its native fluorescence in solution. See H. LeVine III, Protein Sci. 1993, 2:404-410. Along these lines we measured the fluorescent properties of each compound at 4 μM concentration before and after mixing with preaggregated Aβ(1-42) peptides (5 μM, aggregated in PBS buffer for 3 days at 25° C.). - In all cases, a 1.3-9.4 fold fluorescence intensity increase was observed in the presence of aggregated Aβ, indicating that these compounds bind to the peptide (Table 2). In most cases a modest blue-shift (6-20 nm) was observed upon binding. Only in the case of the naphthalene-based
Cmpd 11 was a significant red shift of 76 nm observed upon binding to preaggregated Aβ (FIGS. 1C and 1D ). Interestingly, this binding was accompanied with a 9.3 fold intensity increase. A similar intensity increase has been observed with FDDNP and may be explained by the ability of the naphthalene motif to create excimers upon binding to its target. See E. D. Agdeppa, V. Kepe, J. Liu, S. Flores-Torres, N. Satyamurthy, A. Petric, G. M. Cole, G. W. Small, S. C. Huang, J. R. Barrio, J. Neurosci. 2001, 21:1-5; S. Abad, I. Vaya, M. C. Jimenez, U. Pischel, M. A. Miranda, ChemPhysChem 2006, 7:2175-2183; C. Spies, R. Gehrke J. Phys. Chem. A 2002, 106:5348-5352. -
8a and 8b exhibited similar fluorescence characteristics suggesting that addition of a methoxy group on the phenyl group does not alter the binding properties of the compound as a probe. On the other hand, it is worth noting that increasing the size of the alkyl groups of the nitrogen leads to a significant increase in the fluorescence intensity after binding (Table 4, 8a, 8c, 8d). This is likely a result of the decreased rotational freedom of the molecules upon binding to the aggregated forms of Aβ peptide. See W. Schuddeboom, S. A. Jonker, J. M. Warman, U. Leinhos, W. Kuehnle, K. A. Zachariasse, J. Phys. Chem. 1992, 96:10809-10819; Y. V. Il'chev, W. Kuehnle, K. A. Zachariasse, J. Phys. Chem. 1998, 102:5670-5680. Interestingly, no increase of fluorescence intensity was observed upon mixing of these compounds with monomeric Aβ peptide. This supports the notion that these compounds bind selectively to aggregated forms of Aβ. The fluorescence profile of 8d (excitation and emission) is shown inCmpds FIG. 1A andFIG. 1B . -
TABLE 4 Fluorescence profile, Kd, IC50 and related values for the interaction of the synthesized compounds with aggregated Aβ(1-42) peptides Excitation Excitation Emission Emission max max max max Maximum before after before after % IC50 Comp binding binding binding binding Fold Kd inhibition (μM) No (nm) (nm) (nm) (nm) increase (μM) R2 (ELISA) (ELISA) LogP 8a 439 435 476 470 1.8 2.6 0.93 81 129.0 1.74 8b 442 444 478 469 1.3 5.3 0.99 92 1.2 1.54 8c 445 442 478 470 4.2 4.8 0.96 98 11.4 2.49 8d 432 440 466 468 9.4 4.4 0.95 91 90.6 4.62 11 445 440 462 538 9.3 2.5 0.98 58 74.3 3.81 14 437 434 476 467 2.2 3.3 0.99 79 82.1 1.07 19 312 319 658 638 2.3 1.4 0.98 40 33.6 4.30 - Aggregated Aβ peptide was prepared by dissolving Aβ(1-42) in PBS pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 100 μM. This solution was magnetically stirred at 1200 rpm for 3 days at room temperature. The 100 μM Aβ(1-42) stock solution in PBS was aliquoted and frozen at 80° C. for up to 4 weeks without noticeable change in its property. 150 μL of pre-aggregated Aβ(1-42) was added to 2.85 mL of compound to attain a final concentration of 5 μM Aβ(1-42) and 4 μM of compound. The solution was transferred to 3 mL cuvette and the fluorescence measured at 25° C. As shown in
FIGS. 4A-4J , association of compounds described herein with aggregated Aβ provides changes in both excitation and emission spectra. The fluorescence excitation spectra of 8a, 8b, 8c, 14 and 19 are depicted inCmpds FIGS. 4A, 4C, 4E, 4G, and 4I , respectively. - We also measured the apparent binding constants (Kd) of the compounds (in concentrations of 10, 5, 2.5 and 1.25 μM) to 5.0 μM pre-aggregated Aβ(1-42) peptide. The Kd can be measured from the double reciprocal of the fluorescent maximum and the concentration of the compound. See H. LeVine III, Protein Sci. 1993, 2:404-410. All Kd values were measured between 1.4 and 5.3 μM (Table 4). It is remarkable that, despite the structural differences, these compounds display similar Kd values suggesting that they bind in a similar fashion to aggregated Aft Moreover, these values are similar to the reported Kd values for ThT (2 μM). [22,] See LeVine, Id.; Lockhart, L. Ye, D. B. Judd, A. T. Merritt, P. N. Lowe, J. L. Morgenstern, G. Z. Hong, A. D. Gee, J. Brown, J. Biol. Chem. 2005, 280:7677-7684; M. Biancalana, K. Makabe, A. Koide, S. Koide, J. Mol. Biol. 2008, 383:205-213; M. Biancalana, K. Makabe, A. Koide, S. Koide, J. Mol. Biol. 2009, 385:1052-1063. The double reciprocal plot of fluorescence intensity versus concentration of
8d and 11 are shown inCmpds FIG. 2 . The Kd corresponds to the −1/(x-intercept) of the linear regression. - The association of the synthesized compounds with aggregated Aβ peptides was tested using a semi-quantitative ELISA based assay developed by Yang and co-workers. See P. Inbar, J. Yang, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2006, 16:1076-1079; P. Inbar, C. Q. Li, S. A. Takayama, M. R. Bautista, J. Yang, ChemBioChem 2006, 7:1563-1566; P. Inbar, M. R. Bautista, S. A. Takayama, J. Yang, Anal. Chem. 2008, 80:3502-3506. The assay is based on screening for molecules that inhibit the interaction of the aggregated Aβ peptide with a monoclonal anti-Aβ IgG raised against residues 1-17 of Aβ. Table 4 provides the concentrations of the compounds corresponding to 50% inhibition (IC50) of the IgG-Aβ interactions as well as the maximal percentage of the IgG's inhibited from binding to the fibrils. All compounds exhibited IC50 values at μM levels, the lowest value being measured for 8b (IC50=1.17 μM). The maximum inhibition, a measure of the extent of surface coating of the aggregated peptide by the compounds, was determined to be between 40-98% (Table 4). See P. Inbar, J. Yang, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2006, 16:1076-1079; P. Inbar, C. Q. Li, S. A. Takayama, M. R. Bautista, J. Yang, ChemBioChem 2006, 7:1563-1566; P. Inbar, M. R. Bautista, S. A. Takayama, J. Yang, Anal. Chem. 2008, 80:3502-3506. Comparison of these data indicates that the surface coating increases by decreasing the size of the compound or the extent of the 7C system. Specifically, while the maximum inhibition is between 81-98% for the phenyl compounds, it decreases to 58% for the
longer naphthalene compound 11 and to 40% for the moreconjugated stilbene 19. Representative graphs for 8d and 11 are shown inCmpds FIGS. 3A-3B . Representative graphs for 8a, 8b, 8c and 14 are shown inCmpds FIGS. 7A-7D , respectively. - The log P values for all the compounds were calculated to be between 1.07 and 4.62 (Table 2) indicating that most of these compounds meet the solubility criteria and should be able to cross the blood brain barrier. See P. Inbar, J. Yang, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2006, 16:1076-1079; P. Inbar, C. Q. Li, S. A. Takayama, M. R. Bautista, J. Yang, ChemBioChem 2006, 7:1563-1566; P. Inbar, M. R. Bautista, S. A. Takayama, J. Yang, Anal. Chem. 2008, 80:3502-3506; C. A. Lipinski, F. Lombardo, B. W. Dominy, P. J. Feeney, Adv. Drug Deliver. Rev. 1997, 23:3-25. Log P values were calculated using the Molinspiration Chem-informatics software.
- Studies for Compounds 27-31 and 33.
- Aggregated Aβ peptide was prepared by dissolving Aβ(1-42) in PBS pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 100 μM. This solution was magnetically stirred at 1200 rpm for 3 days at room temperature. The 100 μM A/3(1-42) stock solution in PBS was aliquoted and frozen at −10° C. for up to 4 weeks without noticeable change in its property. 15 μL of the pre-aggregated Aβ(1-42) was added to 285 μL of the probe (5% DMSO in nano-pure water) to attain a final concentration of 5 μM Aβ(1-42) and 4 μM of the probe. The solution was transferred to a 300 mL cuvette and the fluorescent measured.
FIGS. 9A-9F show fluorescence excitation spectra of Cmpds 27-31 and 33, respectively. -
TABLE 5 Fluorescence profile, Kd and logP values of the synthesized probes with aggregated Aβ(1-42) peptides Exc. max Em. max Cmp. (nm) (nm) Fold # before after before after increase Kd SD R2 logP 27 415 410 590 545 7.7 1.4 0.2 0.99 3.81 28 400 385 580 530 4.9 4.6 1.3 0.98 2.79 29 400 380 530 525 5.1 13.8 2.9 0.99 2.74 30 430 430 570 540 2.9 6.7 2.1 0.98 2.53 31 420 410 590 546 8.3 1.6 0.3 0.93 3.60 33 410 410 540 535 7.2 1.6 0.9 0.93 3.14 - In principle, an amyloid-binding probe displays significant increase of the fluorescent emission upon binding with the aggregates as compared to that in solution. LeVine III, H., Protein Sci. 1993, 2, (3), 404-410. Along these lines, we compared the fluorescent properties of 27-31 or 33 in aqueous solution with or without the presence of aggregated Aβ42 peptides. Specifically, we measured the fluorescent properties of each dye at 4 μM concentration in nano pure water, before and after mixing with aggregated A/342 peptide (final concentration peptide=5 μM). As it is shown in table 5, in all cases we observed a significant increase (3 to 9-fold) in the intensity of the emission spectra of the probes upon association with the aggregated amyloid peptides. This intensity increase was also accompanied with a blue shift in the emission spectra of around 5-50 nm. After binding, all compounds had excitation maxima between 380-430 nm and their emission maxima were between 525-545 nm, suggesting that small changes in the donor or acceptor part of the molecule do not alter significantly their fluorescent maxima. However, compounds 27, 31 and 33, that possess piperidine as the electron donor, showed higher increase in fluorescence intensity after binding (7.7-, 8.3- and 7.2-fold, respectively) compared to probes containing piperazine, morpholine, or morpholino-ethanamine as electron donors.
FIG. 9C provides a representative example of the fluorescent properties of compound 29. The figure shows fluorescent emission of compound 29 before (solid line) and after (dotted line) mixing with Aβ aggregates. - We also measured the apparent binding constants (Kd) of the probes to aggregated Aβ42 peptides. The fluorescent intensity of each probe was measured in concentrations of 1.25, 2.5, 5.0 and 10 μM in nano-pure water, mixed with 5 μM of the pre-aggregated Aβ42 peptides. Zhao, X.; Yang, J., ACS Chem. Neurosc. 1, (10), 655-660. In all cases the Kd values were at the μM level with compounds 27, 31 and 33 exhibiting the highest affinity to aggregated Aβ peptides. The data from these binding studies suggests that small chemical modifications within the water-solubilizing region of the ANCA motif do not significantly affect the binding of the probes to Aβ aggregates (compounds 27, 31 and 33). On the other hand, a decrease of the Kd value was observed upon chemically altering the electron donor of the ANCA scaffold. As shown in table 5, compounds having piperidine as the electron donor are found to have lower Kd values (1.4-1.6 μM) compared to those possessing piperazine, morpholine, or morpholino-ethanamine as electron donor (compounds 28, 29 and 30 respectively).
FIGS. 10A-10F show plots of the fluorescence intensity (at λ=525 nm) of compounds 27-31 and 32, respectively, as a function of the concentration in the presence of aggregated Aβ42 peptides (5 μM) in solution. As an example, fitting this data for compound 29 revealed a Kd of 13.8 μM for association of compound 29 to aggregated Aβ42 peptides. - Finally, the lipophilicity (log P) of the synthesized probes was calculated. All compounds were found to have log P values between 2.53 and 3.81, suggesting that most of them fulfill the solubility criteria and can potentially cross the blood brain barrier. Lipinski, C. A.; Lombardo, F.; Dominy, B. W.; Feeney, P. J., Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1997, 23, (1-3), 3-25.
- Pre-aggregated Aβ(1-42) (5 μM final concentration) was mixed with various concentrations of compounds described herein (10, 5, 2.5, 1.25 μM) in PBS buffer (pH 7.4) and their fluorescence was measured. The negative inverse of the x-intercept of the linear regression, that was drawn between the double reciprocal of the fluorescence intensity maximum and concentration of the compound, represents the compound binding constant (Kd) to Aβ(1-42).
- In order to quantify the dissociation constants (Kd's) for the binding of fluorescent compounds with aggregated β-amyloid peptides, we used the method described by LeVine (see H. LeVine III, Protein Sci. 1993, 2, 404-410). This method is similar to the method described by Benesi-Hildebran (see C. Yang, L. Liu, T. W. Mu, Q. X. Guo, Anal. Sci. 2000, 16, 537-539). Here, the fluorescence of the compound was measured with and without the addition of the aggregated peptides in solution. The relative fluorescence enhancement of the compound upon binding to aggregated β-amyloid peptides was determined by taking the difference between F (fluorescence after the addition of aggregated peptides) and FO (fluorescence before the addition of aggregated peptides).
- In order to estimate the binding constant (Kd) for the compound-Aβ complexes from the fluorescence studies, we made the following assumptions:
-
- 1. All compounds are completely in solution and free of any significant competing binding process such as self-aggregation.
- 2. The concentration of unbound compounds can be approximated as close to the total concentration of the compounds.
- 3. The binding sites in the aggregated Aβ peptides are not completely occupied at the concentration of Aβ-binding compounds used for the fluorescence studies (i.e., the experiments are carried out under non-saturated binding conditions).
- According to the Beer-Lambert law (see J. W. Robinson, “Atomic spectroscopy”, 1996), one can obtain two expressions that relate the concentration of bound compound ([HG]), free compound ([G]), and free amyloid peptides ([H]) with either 1) the measured fluorescence of the compound in solution before the addition of the aggregated peptides (FO), or 2) the measured fluorescence of the compound in the presence of the amyloid peptides (F):
-
F O=εG l[G O] (1) -
F=Σ HG l[HG]+ε H l[H]+ε G l[G] (2) - where [GO]=total concentration of compound εG=absorption coefficient of G
- [G]=unbound compound concentration εHG=absorption coefficient of HG
- [HG]=compound-Aβ complex concentration εH=absorption coefficient of H
- [HO]=total concentration of aggregated peptide l=path length
- [H]=unbound aggregated peptide concentration.
- Substituting [GO]=[G]+[HG] into
equation 1, and making the approximation that εHGl[HG]+εGl[G]>>εHl[H], one can arrive at a simplified expression for the relative fluorescence of bound compound (ΔF): -
ΔF=F−F O=εHG l[HG]+ε G l[G]−ε G l[G]−ε G l[HG] (3) -
or ΔF=Δεl[HG] (4) - where Δε=εHG−εG.
- In order to obtain a relationship between the change in measured fluorescence of the compound (ΔF) with the binding constant of the compound to aggregated β-amyloid peptides (Kd's), we used the standard equation for a binding isotherm to obtain a relationship between [HG] and Kd:
-
- Combining
4 and 5, we obtained a relationship between ΔF and Kd:equation -
- In order to estimate the Kd of the compound bound to aggregated Aβ peptides from the measured change in fluorescence, we take the reciprocal of the
equation 6 to give: -
-
Equation 7 suggests that a double reciprocal plot of ΔF and [G] should yield a straight line with x-intercept equal to −1/Kd.FIG. 2 andFIG. 6 provide double reciprocal plots of the measured fluorescence versus total concentration of compound [GO]. Assuming that [G] can be approximated as close to [GO] (assumption 2), we can obtain estimates for the Kd's of the compound-Aβ complexes from the x-intercept of the linear fits of the data for each compound. The estimated Kd's for some compounds described herein are given in Table 3. - Aggregated AP peptides were generated from synthetic Aβ(1-42) peptides by dissolving 30 μg of peptide in 90 μL of nanopure water (pH 5-6) and incubating at 37° C. for ≧72 h without agitation. Each well of a 96-well plate (well volume 0.4 mL; clear, flat bottom polypropylene) was coated for 3 h at 25° C. with 50 μL of 1.3 μM solution of Aβ peptides in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS, 10 mM NaH2PO4/Na2HPO4, 138 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM KCl, pH 7.4). After removal of the excess sample, 50 μL solutions of compounds in PBS buffer (various concentrations were obtained by diluting a stock solution with PBS buffer) were incubated in the wells for 12 h. Compounds that did not dissolve in PBS buffer were dissolved in DMSO and diluted in PBS buffer to give a final solution of 5% DMSO in PBS buffer. The excess solutions were then removed and all wells were blocked for 30 min by adding 300 μL of a 1% (w/v) solution of bovine serum albumin in PBS buffer (BSA/PBS). On occasion, an additional blocking step was performed prior to incubation with solutions of small molecules. The blocking solution was discarded and the wells were washed once with 300 μL of PBS buffer. Wells were incubated for 1 h with 50 μL of a 1.1 nM solution (in 1% BSA/PBS, dilution 1:6000) of anti-Aβ IgG (clone 6E10, monoclonal, mouse), followed by removal of the solution. The wells were washed twice with 300 μL of PBS buffer and incubated for 60 min with 50 μL of the secondary IgG (anti-mouse IgG H+L, polyclonal, rabbit) conjugated with alkaline phosphatase (6.8 nM in 1% BSA/PBS, dilution 1:1000). The solution was discarded, and the wells were washed twice with 300 μL PBS buffer. Bound secondary IgGs were detected by the addition of 50 μL of a p-nitrophenyl phosphate solution (2.7 mM, in 100 mM diethanol amine/0.5 mM magnesium chloride, pH 9.8). Absorbance intensities were determined at 405 nm using a UV-vis spectroscopic plate reader (Sprectramax 190, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Each run was performed five times and averaged. Error bars represent standard deviations. Graphs were plotted and fitted with the sigmoid curve fitting.
- Aβ (Biopeptide, Inc.) was initially solubilized in hexafluoroisopropanol at 1 mM concentration, vortexed, sonicated and vortexed. The vial was covered in foil and was incubated for 21 hours at 25° C. on a shaker, with 3 times of vortexing throughout the incubation period. The solution was sonicated and vortexed again then diluted with cold nanopure water (2:1 H2O:HFIP), fractionated in desired amounts into small glass vials, and immediately frozen in a CO2/acetone bath. Each fraction was covered with parafilm that was punctured to allow solvent vapors to escape. The fractions were lyophilized for 2 days to obtain monomeric Aβ (91% monomer by 12% Tris-bis PAGE gel analysis). 1.8 μL (8.42 μM) of this monomeric Aβ(1-42) was added to 3 μL of 4 μM concentration of small molecules that was prepared by dissolving in PBS buffer pH 7.4 to attain a final concentration of 5 μM of Aβ(1-42) and 4 μM of the compound. The solution was transferred to 3 mL cuvettes and the fluorescence was measured at 25° C.
- SHSY-5Y human neuroblastoma cells, MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide) cell proliferation kit, Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium (EMEM), Ham's F12 nutrient mixture, and Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) were all purchased from ATCC (Manassas, Va.). Briefly, SH-SY5Y cells (in 1:1 EMEM:Ham's F-12 with 10% FBS) were seeded on 96-well plates at a density of 5×104 cells/well. Plates were incubated overnight (in a humidified atmosphere of 95% air, 5% CO2, at 37° C.) to promote attachment of cells to the wells. Cells were then treated with various concentrations of
8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 11, or 14 and incubated for 24 hours (humidified atmosphere of 95% air, 5% CO2, at 37° C.). MTT reagent (20 μL) was added to the medium and incubated for additional 4 hours. After incubation, 100 μL of detergent reagent was added and the plates were covered with aluminum foil and left at room temperature overnight. The amount of solubilized MTT formazan was measured by spectrophotometric absorbance at 570 nm (Spectramax 190, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). MTT assay was not performed oncompound compound 19 due to its poor solubility in aqueous media. All data are presented as the mean±S.D, N=3 for each concentration. The Student's t-test was employed for all analyses. A p-value of <0.05 was considered statistically significant compared to control cells. As shown inFIG. 8 , all compounds showed little or no cytotoxicity against human neuroblastoma cells at concentrations up to 100 μM. These properties represent significant advantages for further in vivo evaluation. -
FIGS. 11A-11F depict fluorescence images of amyloid plaques in human tissue from AD cases. After the frozen tissue was sectioned and mounted to a glass slide, the tissue was exposed to a solution containing a fluorescent probe for 30 min. The sample was washed with water to eliminate non-specific staining of the tissue, and imaged using an inverted epi-fluorescence microscope. The images reveal the location of plaques that were stained withFIG. 11A ) compound 27,FIG. 11B ) compound 28,FIG. 11C ) compound 29,FIG. 11D )compound 30,FIG. 11E ) compound 31, orFIG. 11F ) compound 33.
Claims (16)
1-16. (canceled)
17. A method of treating a disease characterized by an accumulation of an amyloid peptide in a subject, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition having the structure of formula (I):
wherein
EDG is an electron donor group;
πCE is a pi-conjugation element; and
WSG is a water soluble group;
wherein
said EDG is R1-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, R1-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, OR2—NR4C(O)R3, —NR4R5, —SR6, or —PR7R8,
wherein
R1 is independently halogen, —OR9, —NR10R11, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, R12-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted aryl or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein R4 and R5 are optionally joined together to form an R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R9, R10, and R11 are independently hydrogen, R12-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein R10 and R11 are optionally joined together to form an R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R12 is independently halogen, —OR13, —NR14R15, R16-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R13, R14, and R15 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl; and R16 is independently unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl; wherein said pi-conjugation element has the formula:
-L1-(A1)q-L2-(A2)r-L3- or -L1-(A1)q-L4-A3-L2-(A2)r-L3-,
-L1-(A1)q-L2-(A2)r-L3- or -L1-(A1)q-L4-A3-L2-(A2)r-L3-,
wherein
q and r are independently 0 or 1 and at least one of q or r is 1;
A1 A2, and A3 are independently R17-substituted or unsubstituted arylene or R17-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene;
L1, L2, L3, and L4 are independently a bond or a linking group having the formula:
wherein x is an integer from 1 to 50;
R17 is independently halogen, —OR18, —NR19R20, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R18, R19, and R20 are independently hydrogen, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R21 is independently halogen, —OR22, —NR23R24, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and
R22, R23, and R24 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl; and
wherein said water soluble group is R25-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, R25-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; wherein R25 is independently halogen, —OR26, —NR27R28, R29-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R26, R27, and R28 are independently hydrogen, R29-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R29-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein R27 and R28 are optionally joined together to form an R29-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R29-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R29 is independently halogen, —OR30, —NR31R32, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R30, R31, and R32 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl.
19. The method of claim 17 , wherein x is an integer from 1 to 10.
21. The method according to claim 20 , wherein R29 is independently unsubstituted alkyl.
23. The method of claim 17 , wherein said amyloid peptide is AP peptide, prion, protein, α-synuclein, or superoxide dismutase.
24. The method of claim 23 , wherein said amyloid peptide forms part of an amyloid.
26. A method of treating a disease characterized by an accumulation of amyloids in a subject, comprising:
i) contacting, in a subject in need of treatment, an amyloid peptide with an effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition having the structure of formula (IVa) or formula (IVb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and
ii) detecting said detectable amyloid complex;
wherein formula (IVa) has the structure:
wherein R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen, R12-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R12-substituted or unsubstituted aryl or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein R4 and R5 are optionally joined together to form an R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or R12-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R12 is independently halogen, —OR13, —NR14R15, R16-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R16-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R16-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R13, R14, and R15 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl;
R16 is independently unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R17 is independently halogen, —OR18, —NR19R20, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R18, R19, and R20 are independently hydrogen, R21-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R21-substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R21-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R21 is independently halogen, —OR22, —NR23R24, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R22, R23, and R24 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl;
R29 is independently halogen, —OR30, —NR31R32, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R30, R31, and R32 are independently hydrogen or unsubstituted alkyl;
y is an integer from 1 to 10; and
z is an integer from 0 to 4 when the amyloid peptide is contacted with a compound having the structure of formula IVa, and is an integer from 0 to 6 when the amyloid peptide is contacted with a compound having the structure of formula IVb.
28. The method of claim 26 , wherein R4 and R5 are optionally joined together to form an R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
29. The method of claim 26 , wherein said R12-substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl.
30. The method of claim 26 , wherein y is 2 and z is 0.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/375,006 US20170315137A1 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2016-12-09 | Amyloid binding agents |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US28547009P | 2009-12-10 | 2009-12-10 | |
| PCT/US2010/059952 WO2011072257A2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2010-12-10 | Amyloid binding agents |
| US201213515239A | 2012-08-09 | 2012-08-09 | |
| US14/572,465 US9551722B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2014-12-16 | Amyloid binding agents |
| US15/375,006 US20170315137A1 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2016-12-09 | Amyloid binding agents |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/572,465 Division US9551722B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2014-12-16 | Amyloid binding agents |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20170315137A1 true US20170315137A1 (en) | 2017-11-02 |
Family
ID=44146211
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/515,239 Active US8940918B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2010-12-10 | Amyloid binding agents |
| US14/572,465 Active US9551722B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2014-12-16 | Amyloid binding agents |
| US15/375,006 Abandoned US20170315137A1 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2016-12-09 | Amyloid binding agents |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/515,239 Active US8940918B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2010-12-10 | Amyloid binding agents |
| US14/572,465 Active US9551722B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2014-12-16 | Amyloid binding agents |
Country Status (25)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (3) | US8940918B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP2509940B1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP5591946B2 (en) |
| KR (3) | KR20180041767A (en) |
| CN (2) | CN105669597B (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2010327918B2 (en) |
| BR (1) | BR112012013810B1 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2783466C (en) |
| CY (1) | CY1116487T1 (en) |
| DK (1) | DK2509940T3 (en) |
| ES (1) | ES2546063T3 (en) |
| HR (1) | HRP20150854T1 (en) |
| HU (1) | HUE027199T2 (en) |
| IN (1) | IN2012DN05186A (en) |
| ME (1) | ME02194B (en) |
| MX (1) | MX347591B (en) |
| NZ (1) | NZ600459A (en) |
| PL (1) | PL2509940T3 (en) |
| PT (1) | PT2509940E (en) |
| RS (1) | RS54158B1 (en) |
| RU (1) | RU2517174C2 (en) |
| SG (1) | SG181561A1 (en) |
| SI (1) | SI2509940T1 (en) |
| SM (1) | SMT201500216B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2011072257A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2013180815A1 (en) * | 2012-05-30 | 2013-12-05 | University Of Tennessee Research Foundation | Compounds for amide-forming reactions |
| US9588129B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-03-07 | Amira Medical Technologies Inc. | Methods for analyzing blood to detect diseases associated with abnormal protein aggregation |
| AR098232A1 (en) * | 2013-10-31 | 2016-05-18 | Cognoptix Inc | METHODS OF PREPARATION OF AN OPHTHALE FORMULATION AND USES OF THE SAME |
| WO2015072964A1 (en) * | 2013-11-12 | 2015-05-21 | Cognoptix, Inc. | Method for measuring fluorescence in ocular tissue |
| JP2017512834A (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2017-05-25 | アミディス・ダイアグノスティックス・インコーポレイテッド | Amyloid targeting agent and method of using the same |
| CA2960723A1 (en) * | 2014-09-12 | 2016-03-17 | Amydis Diagnostics, Inc. | In vitro compositions comprising human sample and amyloid targeting agent |
| US11286233B2 (en) | 2017-05-09 | 2022-03-29 | Ambient Photonics, Inc. | Stilbene derivatives for the treatment of CNS and other disorders |
| JP7381500B2 (en) * | 2018-05-31 | 2023-11-15 | アミディス, インコーポレイテッド | Compositions and methods for detecting traumatic brain injury |
| EP3873466B1 (en) * | 2018-11-02 | 2024-07-24 | Amydis, Inc. | Phosphate compounds for detecting neurological disorders |
| KR102240400B1 (en) | 2020-11-19 | 2021-04-15 | 한국원자력연구원 | Water soluble compound for detection of beta-amyloid |
| US20240165274A1 (en) * | 2021-03-12 | 2024-05-23 | Amydis, Inc. | Methods of detecting systemic amyloidosis via binding to misfolded or aggregated protein |
| CN115322165A (en) * | 2022-09-30 | 2022-11-11 | 镇江百单医疗生物科技有限公司 | Near-infrared fluorescence probe imaging dynamic fluctuation of ferrous ions in hepatic fibrosis |
Family Cites Families (28)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US2583614A (en) * | 1950-05-13 | 1952-01-29 | Eastman Kodak Co | Acylated methine dye compounds |
| US2798090A (en) * | 1953-03-02 | 1957-07-02 | Eastman Kodak Co | Process for preparing benzalaniline-3-sulfonic acid compounds |
| US3074971A (en) * | 1959-01-23 | 1963-01-22 | Gen Aniline & Film Corp | alpha-cyanocinnamic acid esters |
| US3149146A (en) * | 1960-03-09 | 1964-09-15 | Gen Aniline & Film Corp | Alpha-cyano-2-alkenoxy-1-naphthaleneacrylic acid esters |
| FR1321641A (en) * | 1962-03-08 | 1963-03-22 | Gen Aniline & Film Corp | New compositions absorbing ultraviolet rays |
| BE794010A (en) * | 1972-01-13 | 1973-05-02 | Du Pont | YELLOW-GREEN CATIONIC DYES |
| DE2714653C3 (en) * | 1977-04-01 | 1980-10-30 | Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | Styryl cationic dyes and methods of dyeing with these dyes |
| DE2942185A1 (en) * | 1979-10-18 | 1981-04-30 | Basf Ag, 6700 Ludwigshafen | BASIC DYES |
| JPS5815912A (en) * | 1981-07-22 | 1983-01-29 | Ss Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Antiphlogistic and analgesic agent |
| US4911920A (en) | 1986-07-30 | 1990-03-27 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Sustained release, comfort formulation for glaucoma therapy |
| FR2588189B1 (en) | 1985-10-03 | 1988-12-02 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | LIQUID-GEL PHASE TRANSITION PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION |
| JPS63163826A (en) * | 1986-12-26 | 1988-07-07 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | Organic nonlinear optical materials |
| DE3905916A1 (en) * | 1989-02-25 | 1990-08-30 | Basf Ag | USE OF DERIVATIVES OF N-PHENYL-3,4,5,6-TETRAHYDROPHTHALIMIDE FOR DESICCATION AND ABSCISSION OF PLANT ORGANS |
| JP2594486B2 (en) | 1991-01-15 | 1997-03-26 | アルコン ラボラトリーズ インコーポレイテッド | Topical ophthalmic composition |
| US5212162A (en) | 1991-03-27 | 1993-05-18 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Use of combinations gelling polysaccharides and finely divided drug carrier substrates in topical ophthalmic compositions |
| US6309853B1 (en) | 1994-08-17 | 2001-10-30 | The Rockfeller University | Modulators of body weight, corresponding nucleic acids and proteins, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof |
| DE4430691A1 (en) * | 1994-08-30 | 1996-03-07 | Bayer Ag | Electroluminescent devices and their use |
| GB2401363B (en) * | 2002-01-18 | 2005-10-12 | Hospital For Sick Children | Compounds for modulating cell proliferation |
| GB0228410D0 (en) * | 2002-12-05 | 2003-01-08 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Novel Compounds |
| ZA200507321B (en) * | 2003-03-05 | 2007-03-28 | Celgene Corp | Diphenylethylene compounds and uses thereof |
| WO2005073697A1 (en) * | 2004-01-20 | 2005-08-11 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Local flow and shear stress sensor based on molecular rotors |
| US7598419B2 (en) * | 2004-03-26 | 2009-10-06 | Hsc Research And Development Limited Partnership | Compounds for modulating cell proliferation |
| CA2586334A1 (en) * | 2004-11-16 | 2006-06-08 | Neurochem (International) Limited | Compounds for the treatment of cns and amyloid associated diseases |
| WO2007011834A2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2007-01-25 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Compounds and method for the diagnosis and treatment of amyloid associated diseases |
| EP2049253B1 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2019-09-11 | Basf Se | integrated process comprising dehydration using ruthenium catalysts and regneration thereof |
| FR2905009A1 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2008-02-22 | Servier Lab | METHOD OF SCREENING COMPOUNDS WITH ANTI-AMYLOID PROPERTIES |
| CN101209976B (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2012-01-11 | 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 | Substituted tartaric acid derivatives and use thereof for preparing beta-secretase inhibitor |
| EP2217930B1 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2013-03-06 | Tallinn University Of Technology | Maldi ms-based high-throughput screening method for substances inhibiting aggregation of alzheimer's amyloid beta peptides |
-
2010
- 2010-12-10 HU HUE10836776A patent/HUE027199T2/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 SG SG2012041919A patent/SG181561A1/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 SI SI201030996T patent/SI2509940T1/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 AU AU2010327918A patent/AU2010327918B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 BR BR112012013810-3A patent/BR112012013810B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2010-12-10 KR KR1020187010217A patent/KR20180041767A/en not_active Ceased
- 2010-12-10 MX MX2012006552A patent/MX347591B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2010-12-10 US US13/515,239 patent/US8940918B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 NZ NZ600459A patent/NZ600459A/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 EP EP10836776.4A patent/EP2509940B1/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 PL PL10836776T patent/PL2509940T3/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 KR KR1020197027350A patent/KR102079160B1/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 CN CN201511023642.4A patent/CN105669597B/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 ES ES10836776.4T patent/ES2546063T3/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 DK DK10836776.4T patent/DK2509940T3/en active
- 2010-12-10 RS RS20150537A patent/RS54158B1/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 CA CA2783466A patent/CA2783466C/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 IN IN5186DEN2012 patent/IN2012DN05186A/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 JP JP2012543317A patent/JP5591946B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 PT PT108367764T patent/PT2509940E/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 HR HRP20150854TT patent/HRP20150854T1/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 RU RU2012128798/04A patent/RU2517174C2/en active
- 2010-12-10 WO PCT/US2010/059952 patent/WO2011072257A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2010-12-10 CN CN201080062250.8A patent/CN103201258B/en active Active
- 2010-12-10 ME MEP-2015-118A patent/ME02194B/en unknown
- 2010-12-10 KR KR1020127017823A patent/KR101849680B1/en active Active
-
2014
- 2014-12-16 US US14/572,465 patent/US9551722B2/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-07-13 CY CY20151100606T patent/CY1116487T1/en unknown
- 2015-09-14 SM SM201500216T patent/SMT201500216B/en unknown
-
2016
- 2016-12-09 US US15/375,006 patent/US20170315137A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US9551722B2 (en) | Amyloid binding agents | |
| JP7664201B2 (en) | Amyloid targeting agents and methods of use thereof | |
| CA3226490A1 (en) | N-heterocyclyl substituted 2-cyano-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)acrylamide derivatives as fluorophors for detection of amyloid and amyloid-like proteins for diagnosis of neurodegenerative disorders | |
| US20260027243A1 (en) | AMPHIPHILIC COMPOUNDS FOR ATTENUATING NEUROTOXICITY OF AMYLOID-beta OLIGOMERS AND DIAGNOSTIC METHODS | |
| HK1177930B (en) | Amyloid binding agents | |
| HK1225729B (en) | Amyloid binding agents | |
| US20250282723A1 (en) | Amyloid targeting agents and methods of using the same | |
| KR20240116710A (en) | Derivatives of Aryl Hydrocarbon Receptor Agonists | |
| CA3195137A1 (en) | Substituted aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SAN DIEGO;REEL/FRAME:045586/0499 Effective date: 20171129 |